2017 R2
Advance Design
Validation Guide
Version: 2017 R2
Tests passed on: 29 August 2016
Number of tests: 610
INTRODUCTION
Manuel LIEDOT
Chief Operating Officer
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Table of Contents
1.2 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 30 ) (01-0009SDLSB_FEM) ...................................27
1.4 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 2) (01-0012SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................33
1.5 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 3) (01-0013SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................36
1.6 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 0 ) (01-0007SDLSB_FEM) .....................................39
1.7 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 1) (01-0011SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................42
1.10 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 45 ) (01-0010SDLSB_FEM) ..................................52
1.12 Short beam on simple supports (on the neutral axis) (01-0017SDLLB_FEM) .............................................59
1.13 Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter (01-0020SDLSB_FEM) ......................................63
1.15 Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span (01-0015SSLLB_FEM) .........................................................69
1.22 Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) (01-0022SDLSB_FEM) ..............................99
1.28 Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load (01-0031SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................119
1.35 Beam on two supports considering the shear force (01-0041SSLLB_FEM) .............................................141
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.36 Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load (01-0042SSLSB_FEM) .............................................................. 144
1.40 Thin cylinder under its self weight (01-0044SSLSB_MEF) ....................................................................... 156
1.42 Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure (01-0050SSLSB_FEM) ............................................. 161
1.43 Simply supported square plate under a uniform load (01-0051SSLSB_FEM) .......................................... 164
1.47 Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments (01-0054SSLSB_FEM) .... 175
1.48 Shear plate perpendicular to the medium surface (01-0055SSLSB_FEM) ............................................... 177
1.49 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0058SSLSB_FEM) ............ 179
1.50 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0059SSLSB_FEM)..... 181
1.51 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0053SSLSB_FEM) ................................... 183
1.52 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0057SSLSB_FEM)..... 185
1.53 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0061SSLSB_FEM)....... 187
1.54 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0062SSLSB_FEM) ......... 189
1.55 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0063SSLSB_FEM) ... 191
1.56 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0052SSLSB_FEM) ................................... 193
1.58 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0060SSLSB_FEM)..... 198
1.59 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0066SSLSB_FEM) ........... 201
1.60 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 1) (01-0067SDLLB_FEM) ...................................... 203
1.61 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Rafters) (01-0077SSLPB_FEM) .... 206
1.62 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Columns) (01-0078SSLPB_FEM) . 208
1.63 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0065SSLSB_FEM) ......... 210
1.64 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 3) (01-0069SDLLB_FEM) ...................................... 212
1.65 Slender beam of variable rectangular section with fixed-free ends (=5) (01-0085SDLLB_FEM) ............ 215
1.66 Slender beam of variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed) (01-0086SDLLB_FEM) .................................. 220
1.67 Plane portal frame with hinged supports (01-0089SSLLB_FEM) .............................................................. 223
1.68 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0064SSLSB_FEM) ......... 225
1.69 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 2) (01-0068SDLLB_FEM) ...................................... 228
1.72 Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass (01-0095SDLLB_FEM) ...................................................... 240
8
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.75 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load (01-0092HFLLB_FEM) .......................................251
1.80 Double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load (01-0091HFLLB_FEM) ................................267
1.81 Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia (01-0096SDLLB_FEM) .......................................270
1.83 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Linear element in combined bending/tension - without compressed
reinforcements - Partially tensioned section (02-0158SSLLB_B91) .....................................................................277
1.84 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Linear element in simple bending - without compressed
reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91) ....................................................................................................................282
1.85 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-
0208SSLLG_BAEL91) ..........................................................................................................................................286
1.90 CM66 (steel design) - France: Design of a 2D portal frame (03-0207SSLLG_CM66) ...............................311
1.92 CM66 (steel design) - France: Design of a Steel Structure (03-0206SSLLG_CM66) ................................323
1.93 FEM Results - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P364 Open Sections Example 2)....333
1.94 Verifying results of a steel beam subjected to dynamic temporal loadings (TTAD #14586) ......................335
1.95 Checks the bending moments in the central node of a steel frame with two beams having a rotational
stiffness of 42590 kN/m. .......................................................................................................................................339
1.96 Verifying a simply supported concrete slab subjected to temperature variation between top and bottom fibers ....339
1.98 Temperature load: SD frame with elements under tempertature gradient, applied on separate systems .339
1.99 Verifying displacements of a prestressed cable structure with results presented in Tibert, 1999. .............340
1.100 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1 - France: Verifying the level mass center (TTAD #11573, TTAD #12315) .............340
1.102 Verifying forces results on concrete linear elements (TTAD #11647) ......................................................340
1.104 Verifying diagrams for Mf Torsors on divided walls (TTAD #11557) ........................................................341
1.105 Generating planar efforts before and after selecting a saved view (TTAD #11849) ................................341
1.106 Verifying stresses in beam with "extend into wall" property (TTAD #11680) ...........................................341
1.107 Verifying forces for triangular meshing on planar element (TTAD #11723) .............................................341
1.108 Verifying constraints for triangular mesh on planar elements (TTAD #11447) ........................................342
1.109 Verifying the displacement results on linear elements for vertical seism (TTAD #11756) .......................342
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.110 Verifying diagrams after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view (TTAD #11854) ..... 342
1.111 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) ..................................... 342
1.113 Generating a report with torsors per level (TTAD #11421)...................................................................... 343
1.114 Verifying nonlinear analysis results for frames with semi-rigid joints and rigid joints (TTAD #11495) ..... 343
1.115 Verifying the main axes results on a planar element (TTAD #11725) ..................................................... 343
1.116 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) ..................................... 344
1.117 Verifying the display of the forces results on planar supports (TTAD #11728)........................................ 344
1.118 Calculating torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal force
(TTAD #13175) .......................................................................................................................................................................344
1.119 Verifying torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces ..................................... 344
1.120 Verifying forces on a linear elastic support which is defined in a user workplane (TTAD #11929).......... 344
1.121 Verifying the internal forces results for a simple supported steel beam .................................................. 345
2.3 Verifying the saved view of elements with annotations. (TTAD #13033) .................................................... 348
2.4 Verifying the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs (TTAD #13891) ............................. 348
2.5 Verifying the annotations of a wind generated load (TTAD #13190) .......................................................... 349
2.6 Verifying the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made (TTAD
#12807) ................................................................................................................................................................ 349
2.7 Verifying the annotation of a variable surface load (TTAD #13618) ........................................................... 349
2.9 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11657) ........................................................................................... 349
2.10 System stability during section cut results verification (TTAD #11752) ..................................................... 349
2.11 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11704) ......................................................................................... 350
2.13 Verifying the coordinates system symbol (TTAD #11611) ........................................................................ 350
2.14 Verifying descriptive actors after creating analysis (TTAD #11589) .......................................................... 350
2.17 Verifying the local axes of a section cut (TTAD #11681) .......................................................................... 351
2.18 Verifying the snap points behavior during modeling (TTAD #11458) ........................................................ 351
2.19 Verifying the representation of elements with HEA cross section (TTAD #11328).................................... 351
2.20 Verifying the display of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11486) .................................... 351
2.21 Verifying holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height (TTAD #11490) ................. 351
2.22 Modeling using the tracking snap mode (TTAD #10979) .......................................................................... 351
2.23 Verifying the descriptive model display after post processing results in analysis mode (TTAD #11475) .. 352
2.24 Moving a linear element along with the support (TTAD #12110) .............................................................. 352
10
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2.25 Verifying the "ghost display on selection" function for saved views (TTAD #12054) .................................352
2.26 Verifying the "ghost" display after changing the display colors (TTAD #12064) ........................................352
2.27 Turning on/off the "ghost" rendering mode (TTAD #11999) ......................................................................352
2.28 Verifying the fixed load scale function (TTAD #12183). .............................................................................352
2.30 Verifying the dividing of planar elements which contain openings (TTAD #12229) ...................................353
2.31 Verifying the display of punctual loads after changing the load case number (TTAD #11958) ..................353
2.32 Verifying the display of a beam with haunches (TTAD #12299) ...............................................................353
2.33 Verifying the program behavior when trying to create lintel (TTAD #12062) .............................................353
2.34 Verifying the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model with overlapped loads (TTAD
#11837) ................................................................................................................................................................353
2.35 Creating base plate connections for non-vertical columns (TTAD #12170) ...............................................354
2.37 Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint (TTAD #12592) .......................................................................354
2.39 Verifying the saved view of elements by cross-section (TTAD #13197) ....................................................354
3.2 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with
different height (TTAD 13158) ..............................................................................................................................356
3.3 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an multibay canopy roof
(DEV2013#4.3) .....................................................................................................................................................356
3.4 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD
#14578) ................................................................................................................................................................356
3.5 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Czech Republic: Snow load generation on building with 2 slopes > 60
degrees (TTAD #14235) .......................................................................................................................................357
3.6 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building (TTAD
#13663) ................................................................................................................................................................357
3.7 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a custom multiple slope building (TTAD
#14285) ................................................................................................................................................................357
3.8 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet
(TTAD #14530) .....................................................................................................................................................357
3.9 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets (TTAD
#14179) ................................................................................................................................................................357
3.10 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on multibay canopies (TTAD #11668) ..........358
3.11 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD
#13671) ................................................................................................................................................................358
3.12 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow load generation on compound with a double-roof volume close
to a single-roof volume (TTAD #13559) ................................................................................................................358
3.13 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD #12823) .. 358
3.14 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a canopy. (TTAD #13855) .....................358
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.15 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 35m high structure with CsCd min set to
0.7 and Delta to 0.15. (TTAD #11196) ................................................................................................................. 359
3.16 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with
parapets. (TTAD #13672) ..................................................................................................................................... 359
3.17 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a shed with parapets. (TTAD #12494) .. 359
3.18 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a shed with gutters building. (TTAD
#13856) ................................................................................................................................................................ 359
3.19 NV2009 - France: Verifying wind on a protruding canopy. (TTAD #13880) .............................................. 360
3.20 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with
parapets (TTAD #13992)...................................................................................................................................... 360
3.21 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame. (TTAD
#13169) ................................................................................................................................................................ 360
3.22 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds
(TTAD #13286) .................................................................................................................................................... 360
3.23 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD
#13669) ................................................................................................................................................................ 360
3.24 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height.
(TTAD #13759) .................................................................................................................................................... 361
3.25 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Snow load generation on a 3 compound building (TTAD #13930s) ..... 361
3.26 EC1 / CR 1-1-4/2012 - Romania: Wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD #13930w) ..... 361
3.27 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with custom pressure
values. (TTAD #14004) ........................................................................................................................................ 361
3.28 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral
parapets (TTAD #14005)...................................................................................................................................... 361
3.29 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD
#12808) ................................................................................................................................................................ 362
3.30 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters
(TTAD #12806) .................................................................................................................................................... 362
3.31 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD
#12835) ................................................................................................................................................................ 362
3.32 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building. (TTAD
#12719) ................................................................................................................................................................ 362
3.33 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD
#12841) ................................................................................................................................................................ 362
3.34 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and
parapets. (TTAD #12878) ..................................................................................................................................... 363
3.35 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on a high building with double slope roof using
different parameters defined per directions (DEV2013#4.2) ................................................................................ 363
3.36 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on a high building with a horizontal roof using
different CsCd values for each direction (DEV2013#4.4) ..................................................................................... 363
3.37 EC1 / BS EN 1991-1-4 - United Kingdom: Wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof
(DEV2013#4.1) (TTAD #12608) ........................................................................................................................... 363
3.38 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with double
slope (DEV2013#4.3) ........................................................................................................................................... 364
3.39 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with one
slope (DEV2013#4.3) ........................................................................................................................................... 364
3.40 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets (TTAD
#12606) ................................................................................................................................................................ 364
12
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.41 NV2009 - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height (TTAD #12604) .364
3.42 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building (TTAD
#12716) ................................................................................................................................................................365
3.43 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a square based lattice structure with
compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (TTAD #12744) ....................................................................365
3.44 EC1 / BS EN 1991-1-4 - United Kingdom: Generating wind loads on a square based structure (TTAD
#12608) ................................................................................................................................................................365
3.45 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD
#12528) ................................................................................................................................................................365
3.46 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD
#12528) ................................................................................................................................................................366
3.47 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets
(TTAD #11111) .....................................................................................................................................................366
3.48 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Verifying the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed (TTAD
#12233) ................................................................................................................................................................366
3.49 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Verifying the wind loads generated on a building with protruding roof
(TTAD #12071, #12278) .......................................................................................................................................366
3.50 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT : 3.4 -
Snow - Example A) ...............................................................................................................................................366
3.51 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT : 3.3 - Wind
- Example C) .........................................................................................................................................................367
3.52 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof (VT :
3.2 - Wind - Example B)........................................................................................................................................367
3.53 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound
profiles and user defined "n" (TTAD #12276) .......................................................................................................367
3.54 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT : 3.1 - Wind
- Example A) .........................................................................................................................................................367
3.55 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with
compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (TTAD #12276) ....................................................................367
3.56 NV2009 - France: Verifying wind and snow reports for a protruding roof (TTAD #11318) ........................368
3.57 EC1 / SR EN 1991-1-4/NB - Romania: Generating the description of climatic loads report (TTAD #11688) .... 368
3.58 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11570)368
3.59 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof
thickness greater than the parapet height (TTAD #11943) ...................................................................................368
3.60 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully
opened windwalls (TTAD #11937) ........................................................................................................................369
3.61 EC1 / CR 1-1-4/2012 - Romania: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11687) 369
3.62 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11569)369
3.63 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11699) .. 369
3.64 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11531) ...370
3.65 NV2009 - France: Generating wind loads and snow loads on a simple structure with planar support (TTAD
#11380) ................................................................................................................................................................370
3.66 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Verifying the snow loads generated on a monopitch frame (TTAD
#11302) ................................................................................................................................................................370
3.67 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on two side by side roofs with different
heights (DEV2012 #3.13) .....................................................................................................................................370
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.68 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating wind loads on a 55m high structure (DEV2012 #3.12) .... 371
3.69 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on monopitch multispan roofs (DEV2012
#3.13) 371
3.70 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter
(TTAD #11113) .................................................................................................................................................... 371
3.71 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on duopitch multispan roofs (DEV2012
#3.13) 371
3.72 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-4/NA - Czech Republic: Generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame
(DEV2012 #3.18).................................................................................................................................................. 372
3.73 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Czech Republic: Generating snow loads on two close roofs with different
heights (DEV2012 #3.18) ..................................................................................................................................... 372
3.74 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and parapet with
height reduction (TTAD #11191) .......................................................................................................................... 372
3.75 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a
small span (< 5m) and a parapet (TTAD #11735) ................................................................................................ 372
3.76 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on simple 3D portal frame with 4 slopes roof (TTAD
#11604) ................................................................................................................................................................ 373
3.77 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame with a fully
opened face (DEV2012 #1.6) ............................................................................................................................... 373
3.78 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on duopitch multispan roofs with pitch < 5
degrees (TTAD #11852) ....................................................................................................................................... 373
3.79 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a signboard ....................................................... 373
3.80 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD
#11932) ................................................................................................................................................................ 374
3.81 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof .................... 374
3.82 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a building with multispan roofs .......................... 374
3.83 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a simple 3D structure with horizontal roof ......... 374
3.84 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - 2D Climatic generator on a portal frame with big slopes ................................ 374
3.85 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on an isolated roof with two slopes (TTAD
#11695) ................................................................................................................................................................ 375
3.86 NTC 2008: Wind load generation on a double slope 3D portal frame (DEV2015#6) (TTAD #15660) ....... 375
3.87 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a simple 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD
#11602) ................................................................................................................................................................ 375
3.88 NF EN 1991-1-4/NA: Wind generation on a 2 slope building with one awning (TTAD #13999) ................ 375
3.89 NTC 2008: Wind and snow load generation on a one slope compound next to a higher single slope
compound (DEV2015#6) (TTAD #15425) ............................................................................................................ 375
3.90 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - Snow with adjacent roof, big slope................................................................. 376
3.91 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating wind loads on an antenna tower (TTAD #15493) .... 376
3.92 NF EN 1991-1-3/NA: Snow generation on a slope compound next to a higher single slope compound
(TTAD #15923) .................................................................................................................................................... 376
3.95 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal (TTAD #14531)....... 377
3.96 NTC 2008: Wind load generation on a higher double slope 3D portal frame (DEV2015#6) (TTAD #15698) ....... 377
3.97 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Snow loads values generated on a symetrical duo-pitch roof ......................... 377
14
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.98 CR1-1-4/2012 - Romania - The wind load position for cannopy roofs, one slope (TTAD #16230) ............377
3.99 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees (TTAD
#15307) ................................................................................................................................................................378
3.100 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a multiple roof portal (TTAD #15140) .... 378
3.101 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher
that the other (TTAD #13320) ...............................................................................................................................378
3.102 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal (TTAD
#14975) 378
3.103 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof (TTAD #14985).. 378
3.104 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA + NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 2
opposite slopes portal with Z down axis (TTAD #15094) ......................................................................................379
3.105 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA + NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 4
slope shed next to a higher one slope compound (TTAD #15047) .......................................................................379
3.106 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3 compound building (TTAD #12883)379
3.107 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening
(TTAD #15328) .....................................................................................................................................................379
3.108 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a flat roof .............................................380
3.109 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow load generation on double compound with gutters and
parapets on all sides (TTAD #13717) ...................................................................................................................383
3.110 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and
gutter (TTAD #11113) ...........................................................................................................................................383
4.2 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with seismic group of loads (TTAD #11889) 386
4.3 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable
predominant action (TTAD #11357) .....................................................................................................................386
4.4 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.10 (DEV2012 #1.7) ...386
4.5 CR 0-2012 - Romania - Automatic combinations check according with the romanian code .......................387
4.7 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.8 (DEV2012 #1.7) .....387
4.9 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Defining concomitance rules for two case families (TTAD #11355) ..................388
4.10 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating load combinations after changing the load case number (TTAD
#11359) ................................................................................................................................................................388
4.11 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating combinations for NEWEC8.cbn (TTAD #11431) ...........................388
4.12 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating the concomitance matrix after switching back the effect for live load
(TTAD #11806) .....................................................................................................................................................388
4.13 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.9 (DEV2012 #1.7) ...389
4.14 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.7 (DEV2012 #1.7) ... 389
4.15 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.3 (DEV2012 #1.7) ... 390
4.16 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no. 5 (DEV2012 #1.7) .. 390
4.17 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types (TTAD #11806).... 391
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
4.18 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.6 (DEV2012 #1.7) ... 391
4.19 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.2 (DEV2012 #1.7) ... 392
4.20 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.4 (DEV2012 #1.7) .. 392
4.21 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with Q group of loads (TTAD #11960) ............... 392
4.22 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.1 (DEV2010#1.7) .... 393
4.23 CSN EN 1990/NA - Czech Republic: Verifying combinations for CZ localization (TTAD #12542) ............ 393
5.2 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear
load - horizontal level behavior law ...................................................................................................................... 396
5.3 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to
linear loads ........................................................................................................................................................... 396
5.4 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear
load - inclined stress strain behavior law .............................................................................................................. 396
5.5 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to
point loads ............................................................................................................................................................ 397
5.6 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported beam . 397
5.7 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load397
5.8 Testing the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis model (TTAD
#14332) ................................................................................................................................................................ 397
5.9 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar
with rectangular cross section .............................................................................................................................. 398
5.10 Verifying Aty and Atz for a fixed concrete beam (TTAD #11812) .............................................................. 398
5.11 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying concrete results for linear elements (TTAD #11556)........ 398
5.12 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement bars for a filled circular column (TTAD #11678) ......................... 398
5.13 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for linear elements (TTAD #11636) ............................................ 399
5.15 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying concrete results for planar elements (TTAD #11583) ...... 399
5.16 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a fixed beam (TTAD #11836) ............................................... 399
5.17 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a fixed linear element (TTAD #11700) .................................. 400
5.18 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a structure with 375 load cases combinations (TTAD #11683) .... 400
5.19 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Calculation of a square column in traction (TTAD #11892)............. 400
5.20 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for an articulated beam (TTAD #11342) ... 401
5.21 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA: Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for articulated
beams (TTAD #11342) ......................................................................................................................................... 401
5.22 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Stresses and cracks verification for a planar element hinged on all
edges 401
5.23 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the stresses result for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load ..................................................................................................................................................... 402
5.24 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Punching verification with imposed reinfrocement on slab ...................................... 402
5.25 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load ..................................................................................................................................................... 402
16
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.26 Verifying the bending moments about X and Y axis on a single story concrete core subjected to horizontal
forces and seismic action .....................................................................................................................................402
5.27 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field beam with rectangular cross section, calculated as a one span
plate 402
5.28 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying a square concrete column of a multi-storey structure subjected to axial
compression .........................................................................................................................................................403
5.29 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Comparing deflection of a slab hinged supported on 2 edges with the
deflection of the equivalent beam approach .........................................................................................................403
5.30 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Single beam with a plate crosssection ....................................................403
5.31 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Single beam with rectangular cross section ............................................403
5.32 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field planar system with two span direction calculation based on the
Baumann Method .................................................................................................................................................404
5.33 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field planar system with two span direction calculation based on the
Capra Method .......................................................................................................................................................404
5.34 Verifying the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement
results when Z down axis is selected (TTAD #14963) ..........................................................................................404
5.35 EC2,EC8 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the capacity design results (DEV2013 #8.3).............404
5.36 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Column design with Nominal Stiffness method square section
(TTAD #11625) .....................................................................................................................................................405
5.37 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete
C25/30 to resist simple bending - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 1) 406
5.38 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 5) ......................................................411
5.39 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement -
Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 10) ...................................................416
5.40 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD3) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 12) .........................................................................................................................422
5.41 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 15) ....................................................428
5.42 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 16) ....................................................435
5.43 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 11) .........................................................................................................................442
5.44 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 14) .........................................................................................................................448
5.45 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 18) .........................................................................................................................455
5.46 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam
subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram(Class
XD1)(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref Test19) .............................................................................................460
5.47 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam
subjected to a uniformly distributed load without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram(Class
XD1)(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref.Test 20) ............................................................................................467
5.48 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam with compressed
reinforcement Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 9) ...........................474
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.49 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 13) ......................................................................................................................... 484
5.50 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 17) ......................................................................................................................... 490
5.51 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with
vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 24) .......................................................................................................................................................... 496
5.52 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with
inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 25) .......................................................................................................................................................... 500
5.53 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam - Bilinear stress-
strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 28) ......................................................... 504
5.54 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined
transversal reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
29) 508
5.55 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete section -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 23) ............................... 512
5.56 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with
vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 27) .......................................................................................................................................................... 517
5.57 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and
rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref.
Test 31) ................................................................................................................................................................ 521
5.58 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and
rotation moment to the top Method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 32) .................................................................................................. 534
5.59 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression by
nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
33) 544
5.60 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with
vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 26) .......................................................................................................................................................... 552
5.61 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined
transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
30) 556
5.62 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on
nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 36) 560
5.63 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 37) 567
5.64 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small compression
force and significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 40) ......................................................................................................................... 571
5.65 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant
compression force and small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated
by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 41) .................................................................................................................... 578
5.66 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression to
top Based on nominal rigidity method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC
France - ref. Test 35)............................................................................................................................................ 591
5.67 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a circular concrete column using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 39) 604
18
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.68 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small rotation
moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method-Bilinear stress-strain
diagram(Class XC1)(SOCOTEC France-Test 43) ................................................................................................608
5.69 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to eccentric loading
- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 44) ................................618
5.70 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam supporting a balcony - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 45) ............................................624
5.71 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression on
the top Method based on nominal stiffness - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 34) .........................................................................................................................631
5.72 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 38) 639
5.73 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA-France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant rotation
moment and small compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method-Bilinear stress-strain
diagram(Class XC1)(SOCOTEC France-Test 42) ................................................................................................642
5.74 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of
traction - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 46 II) ................651
5.75 NTC 2008 - Italy: Longitudinal reinforcement on a simply supported beam ..............................................655
5.76 EC2 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Main reinforcement design for simple supported beam ........657
5.77 EC2 / NF EN1992-1-1 - France: Verifying a T concrete section - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC3).. 660
5.78 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot B efforts
Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4 II) ..................................................662
5.79 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to tension load -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 47I) ..............................667
5.80 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a tension
distributed load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 47 II) .673
5.81 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Reinforcement calculation for a simple bending beam ..........................676
5.82 A23.3-04 - Canada: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement value on a one-way reinforced concrete slab ..... 680
5.83 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC
France - ref. Test 2) ..............................................................................................................................................683
5.84 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 6) ......................................................690
5.85 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 7) ......................................................694
5.86 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam without compressed
reinforcement Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 8) ...........................698
5.87 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of
traction - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 46 I) .................705
5.88 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly
distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 3) ............................................................................................................................................................708
5.89 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot A efforts
Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4 I) ...................................................718
5.90 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Reinforcement calculation on intermediate support on a continuous beam.. 724
5.91 EC3 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Verification of stresses in steel and concrete on simply
supported beam ....................................................................................................................................................726
5.93 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal
reinforcement ....................................................................................................................................................... 735
5.94 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load ......... 738
5.95 EC2 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Stresses and cracks verification for simple supported beam 742
6.2 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for concrete linear elements (TTAD #12498) ........................... 750
6.3 Verifying the precision of linear and planar concrete covers (TTAD #12525) ............................................. 750
6.4 Defining the reinforced concrete design assumptions (TTAD #12354) ...................................................... 750
6.5 Verifying 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled (TTAD #12238)................................ 750
6.6 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5) .................................................. 750
6.7 Generating liquid pressure on horizontal and vertical surfaces (TTAD #10724) ........................................ 751
6.9 Creating and updating model views and post-processing views (TTAD #11552) ....................................... 751
6.10 Importing a cross section from the Advance Steel profiles library (TTAD #11487) ................................... 751
6.11 Verifying the synthetic table by type of connection (TTAD #11422) .......................................................... 751
6.12 Verifying mesh, CAD and climatic forces - LPM meeting .......................................................................... 752
6.13 Verifying the appearance of the local x orientation legend (TTAD #11737) .............................................. 752
6.14 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5) ................................................ 752
6.15 Verifying the objects rename function (TTAD #12162) ............................................................................. 752
6.16 Launching the verification of a model containing steel connections (TTAD #12100) ................................ 752
6.17 Creating a new Advance Design file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar (TTAD
#12102) ................................................................................................................................................................ 753
6.18 Verifying geometry properties of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11601) ..................... 753
6.19 Verifying material properties for C25/30 (TTAD #11617) .......................................................................... 753
6.20 Verifying the overlapping when a planar element is built in a hole (TTAD #13772) .................................. 753
7.2 Exporting an Advance Design model to DO4 format (DEV2012 #1.10) ..................................................... 756
7.3 Importing GTC files containing elements with haunches from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12172) ................. 756
7.4 Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3) ........................................................ 756
7.5 Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3) ........................................................ 756
7.6 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12197) ... 757
7.7 System stability when importing AE files with invalid geometry (TTAD #12232) ........................................ 757
7.8 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12197) ... 757
7.9 Verifying the GTC files exchange between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS (DEV2012 #1.9) ........... 757
7.10 Exporting linear elements to IFC format (TTAD #10561) .......................................................................... 757
7.11 Verifying the load case properties from models imported as GTC files (TTAD #12306) ........................... 758
20
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
7.12 Importing IFC files containing continuous foundations (TTAD #12410) .....................................................758
7.13 Verifying the releases option of the planar elements edges after the model was exported and imported via
GTC format (TTAD #12137) .................................................................................................................................758
7.14 Importing GTC files containing "PH.RDC" system (TTAD #12055) ...........................................................758
1.1.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.
1.1.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Side: a = 1 m,
= 15
Points coordinates:
A(0;0;0)
B(a;0;0)
C ( 0.259a ; 0.966a ; 0 )
D ( 1.259a ; 0.966a ; 0 )
24
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: AB side fixed,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:
1 Et 2
fj = 2
i2 where i = 1,2, or i2 = g().
2 a 12(1 2 )
= 15
12 3.601
22 8.872
M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.
25
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
26
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.2.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.
1.2.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Side: a = 1 m,
= 30
Points coordinates:
A(0;0;0)
B(a;0;0)
3
C ( 0.5a ; 2 a ; 0 )
A A
EA E A
3
D ( 1.5a ; 2 a ; 0 )
A A
EA E A
27
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: AB side fixed,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:
1 Et 2
fj = 2
i2 where i = 1,2, or i2 = g().
2 a 12(1 2 )
= 30
12 3.961
22 10.19
M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.
28
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
29
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.3.1 Description
On a circular plate of 5 mm thickness and 2 m diameter, an uniform load, perpendicular on the plan of the plate, is
applied. The vertical displacement on the plate center is verified.
1.3.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Circular plate radius: r = 1m,
Circular plate thickness: h = 0.005 m.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
30
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Plate fixed on the side (in all points of its perimeter),
For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the plate and we impose symmetry conditions on some nodes
(see the following model; yz plane symmetry condition):translation restrained nodes along x and rotation
restrained nodes along y and z: translation restrained nodes along x and rotation restrained nodes along y and
z:
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Uniform loads perpendicular on the plate: pZ = -1000 Pa,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
Circular plates form:
pr4 -1000 x 14
u = 64D = 64 x 2404 = - 6.50 x 10-3 m
A E A A E A
D = 2404
31
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deformed shape
32
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.4.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) extended by two straight elements of length L,
subjected to its self weight only.
1.4.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
L = 0.6 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter di = 0.016 m,
Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
33
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at points C and D
At A: translation restraint along y and z,
At B: translation restraint along x and z,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
in plane bending:
2
i EI z
fj = where i = 1,2,
2 R 2
A
34
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
35
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.5.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) extended by two straight elements of length L,
subjected to its self weight only.
1.5.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
-4 2
Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .
Points coordinates (in m):
O(0;0;0)
36
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
A(0;R;0)
B(R;0;0)
C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
D ( R ; -L ; 0 )
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at points C and Ds,
At A: translation restraint along y and z,
At B: translation restraint along x and z,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
in plane bending:
2
i EI z
fj = where i = 1,2,
2 R 2
A
37
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
38
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.6.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.
1.6.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Side: a = 1 m,
= 0
Points coordinates:
A(0;0;0)
B(a;0;0)
C(0;a;0)
D(a;a;0)
39
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: AB side fixed,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a side "a" lozenge, leads to the frequencies:
1 Et 2
fj = 2
i2 where i = 1,2, and i2 = g().
2 a 12(1 2 )
=0
12 3.492
22 8.525
M.V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.
40
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
41
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.7.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) with fixed ends and subjected to its self weight only.
1.7.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .
42
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at points A and B ,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
in plane bending:
2
i EI z
fj = where i = 1,2,
2 R 2
A
43
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
44
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.8.1 Description
On a system of two bars (AC and BC) with three hinges, a punctual load in applied in point C. The vertical
displacement in point C and the tensile stress on the bars are verified.
1.8.2 Background
A B
30
30
F
4.5
00 0 m
m
4 .50
C
Y
Z X
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Bars angle relative to horizontal: = 30,
Bars length: l = 4.5 m,
-4 2
Bar section: A = 3 x 10 m .
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.
45
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Hinged in A and B,
Inner: Hinge on C
Loading
External: Punctual load in C: F = -21 x 103 N.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
uc = -3 x 10-3 m
Displacement shape
Reference solutions
AC bar = 70 MPa
BC bar = 70 MPa
46
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
47
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.9.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies for a thin circular ring fixed in two points, subjected to its own weight only.
1.9.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = OB = R = 0.1 m,
Angular spacing between points A and B: 120 ;
Rectangular straight section:
Thickness: h = 0.005 m,
Width: b = 0.010 m,
Section: A = 5 x 10-5 m2,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the vertical axis: I = 1.042 x 10-10 m4,
Point coordinates:
O (0 ;0),
48
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
A (-0.05 3 ; -0.05),
B (0.05 3 ; -0.05).
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 7.2 x 1010 Pa
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 2700 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at A and B,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solutions
The deformation of the fixed ring is calculated from the deformations of the free-free thin ring
Symmetrical mode:
ui = i cos(i)
vi = sin (i)
1-i2
i = Error! Bookmark not defined. R sin (i)
A A E A
Antisymmetrical mode:
ui = i sin(i)
vi = -cos (i)
1-i2
i = Error! Bookmark not defined. R cos (i)
A A E A
1 h E
fj = j with a support angle of 120.
2 R 2 12
i 1 2 3 4
Symmetrical mode 4.8497 14.7614 23.6157
Antisymmetrical mode 1.9832 9.3204 11.8490 21.5545
49
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
50
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
51
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.10.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.
1.10.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Side: a = 1 m,
= 45
Points coordinates:
A(0;0;0)
B(a;0;0)
2 2
C( a; a;0)
2 2
52
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2+ 2 2
D( a; a;0)
2 2
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: AB side fixed,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:
1 Et 2
fj = i2 where i = 1,2, or i2 = g().
2 a 2 12(1 2 )
= 45
2
1 4.4502
22 10.56
M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.
53
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
54
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.11.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies and the vertical displacement on the middle of a beam consisting of eight
elements of length "l", having identical characteristics. A punctual load of -50000 N is applied.
1.11.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length: l = 16 m,
2
Axial section: S=0.06 m
4
Inertia I = 0.0001 m
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7850 kg/m3
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at both ends x = 0 and x = 8 m,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Punctual load P = -50000 N at x = 4m,
Internal: None.
55
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Reference solution
The reference vertical displacement v5, is calculated at the middle of the beam at x = 2 m.
Pl 3 50000 16 3
v5 = = = 0.05079 m
192EI 192 2.1E11 0.0001
Deformed shape
1.11.2.3 Eigen mode frequencies of the model in the linear elastic range
Reference solution
Knowing that the first four eigen mode frequencies of a double fixed beam are given by the following formula:
12 = 22.37 f1 = 2.937 Hz
2
2
n E.I 2 = 61.67 f 2 = 8.095 Hz
fn = where for the first 4 eigen modes frequencies 2
2. .L2 .S 3 = 120.9 f 3 = 15.871 Hz
2
4 = 199.8 f 4 = 26.228 Hz
56
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Modal deformations
57
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
58
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.12 Short beam on simple supports (on the neutral axis) (01-0017SDLLB_FEM)
1.12.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a short beam on simple supports (the supports are located on the neutral
axis), subjected to its own weight only.
1.12.2 Background
Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 01/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Short beam on simple supports on the neutral axis Scale = 1/6
01-0017SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Height: h = 0.2 m,
Length: l = 1 m,
Width: b = 0.1 m,
-2 4
Section: A = 2 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 6.667 x 10-5 m4.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
59
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinged at A (null horizontal and vertical displacements),
Simple support in B.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The bending beams equation gives, when superimposing, the effects of simple bending, shear force deformations
and rotation inertia, Timoshenko formula.
The reference eigen modes frequencies are determined by a numerical simulation of this equation, independent of
any software.
The eigen frequencies in tension-compression are given by:
i E (2i 1)
fi = where i =
2l 2
60
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
61
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
62
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.13.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a thin rectangular plate simply supported on its perimeter.
1.13.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length: a = 1.5 m,
Width: b = 1 m,
Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
Points coordinates in m:
A (0 ;0 ;0)
B (0 ;1.5 ;0)
C (1 ;1.5 ;0)
D (1 ;0 ;0)
63
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Simple support on all sides,
For the modeling: hinged at A, B and D.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a rectangular plate with supports on all four sides, leads to:
i 2 j 2 Et 2
fij = [( ) +( )]
2 a b 12(1 2 )
where:
i = number of half-length of wave along y ( dimension a)
j = number of half-length of wave along x ( dimension b)
64
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
65
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
66
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.14.1 Description
Verifies the critical load result on node 5 of a cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling. A punctual load of -100000 is
applied.
1.14.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
L = 10 m
2
S=0.01 m
I = 0.0002 m4
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.0 x 1010 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.1.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Punctual load P = -100000 N at x = L,
Internal: None.
67
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Reference solution
The reference critical load established by Euler is:
2EI 98696
Pcritique = = 98696 N = = 0.98696
4L 2
100000
Deformed shape
68
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.15.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on the middle of a beam consisting of four elements of length "l", having identical
characteristics. A punctual load of -10000 N is applied.
1.15.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
=1m
2
S = 0.01 m
4
I = 0.0001 m
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at ends x = 0 and x = 4 m,
Elastic support with k = EI/ rigidity
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Punctual load P = -10000 N at x = 2m,
Internal: None.
69
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Reference solution
The reference vertical displacement v3, is calculated at the middle of the beam at x = 2 m.
Rigidity matrix of a plane beam:
ES ES
0 0 - 0 0
12EI 6EI 12EI 6EI
0 0
3 2 3 2
6EI 4EI 6EI 2EI
0 0 2
[K e ] = ES 2
ES
0 0 0 0
l
12EI 6EI 12EI 6EI
0 0 2
3 2 3
0 6EI 2EI 6EI 4EI
0 2
2
Given the symmetry / X and load of the structure, it is unnecessary to consider the degrees of freedom associated
with normal work (u2, u3, u4).
The same symmetry allows the deduction of:
v2 = v4
2 = -4
3 = 0
12 6 12 6
3
2 3 2
6 4 6 2
2 2
12 6 24 12 6 v1 R1
3 2 0 M
6 3 3 2 1 1
2 2 8 6 2 v 2 0 (1)
0 2
12 6 24 1 12 6 2 0 (2)
2 3 + 0 v 3 P (3 )
EI 3 3 2 =
6 2
0
8
2
6 2 3 0 (4 )
2 v 0 (5 )
12 6 24 12 6
4
2 0 4 0 (6 )
3 3 3 2
6 2 8 6 2 v 5 R5
0 2
2 5 M5
12 6 12 6
2 2
3 3
6 2 6 4
2
2
70
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
EI 1 1 (U 3 )
The elementary rigidity matrix of the spring in its local axis system, [k 5 ] = , must be expressed in
1 1 (U 6 )
the global axis system by means of the rotation matrix (90 rotation):
0 0 0 0 0 0 (u 3 )
0 1 0 0 1 0 (v 3 )
0 ( 3 )
[K 5 ] = EI 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 (u 6 )
0 1 0 0 1 0 (v 6 )
0 0 0 0 0 0 ( 6 )
6 2 8 3
v3 + 3 + 4 = 0 4 = v3
2
4
12 6 24
3
v 3 2 3 + 3 v 4 = 0 2v 4 = v 3
6 2 8 6 2
v + 2 + 3 2 v 4 + 4 = 0 v 4 = v 2 (usually unnecessary)
2 2
3
(3) 12 v 2 6 2 + 24 + 1 v 3 12 v 4 6 4 = P v 3 = P = 0.11905 10 03 m
3
2
3
3
2
EI ( )2
3 + l EI
Deformed shape
71
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.16.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies of a thin square plate fixed on one side.
1.16.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: t = 1 m,
Points coordinates in m:
A (0 ;0 ;0)
B (1 ;0 ;0)
C (1 ;1 ;0)
D (0 ;1 ;0)
72
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Edge AD fixed.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a square plate with side "a", leads to:
1 Et 2
fj = i2 where i = 1,2, . . .
2 a 2 12(1 2 )
i 1 2 3 4 5 6
i 3.492 8.525 21.43 27.33 31.11 54.44
73
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
74
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
75
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.17.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a symmetrical portal frame with fixed supports.
1.17.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Straight rectangular sections for beams and columns:
Thickness: h = 0.0048 m,
Width: b = 0.029 m,
-4 2
Section: A = 1.392 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 2.673 x 10-10 m4,
Points coordinates in m:
A B C D E F
x -0.30 0.30 -0.30 0.30 -0.30 0.30
y 0 0 0.36 0.36 0.81 0.81
76
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at A and B,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
Dynamic radius method (slender beams theory).
77
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deformed shape
78
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
79
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.18.1 Description
A straight slender beam with fixed ends is loaded with a uniform load, several punctual loads and a torque. The shear
force, bending moment, vertical displacement and horizontal reaction are verified.
1.18.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length: L = 1 m,
Beam inertia: I = 1.7 x 10-8 m4.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.
80
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at A and B,
Inner: None.
Loading
External:
Uniformly distributed load from A to B: py = p = -24000 N/m,
Punctual load at D: Fx = F1 = 30000 N,
Torque at D: Cz = C = -3000 Nm,
Punctual load at E: Fx = F2 = 10000 N,
Punctual load at E: Fy = F = -20000 N.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
Analytical solution:
Shear force at G: VG
C
VG = 0.216F 1.26
L
81
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Results shape
Reference solution
Analytical solution:
Bending moment at G: MG
2
pL
MG = 24 - 0.045LF 0.3C
A E A
82
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Results shape
Reference solution
Analytical solution:
Vertical displacement at G: vG
pl4 0.003375FL3 0.015CL2
vG = 384EI +
A E A
EI
A +E A
EI A E
83
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Results shape
Reference solution
Analytical solution:
Horizontal reaction at A: HA
HA = -0.7F1 0.3F2
84
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
85
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.19.1 Description
A straight slender beam on three supports is loaded with two punctual loads. The bending moment, vertical
displacement and reaction on the center are verified.
1.19.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length: L = 3 m,
Beam inertia: I = 6.3 x 10-4 m4.
86
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinged at A,
Elastic support at B (Ky = 2.1 x 106 N/m),
Simple support at C.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: 2 punctual loads F = Fy = -42000N.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The resolution of the hyperstatic system of the slender beam leads to:
6EI
k=
L3Ky
Bending moment at B: MB
L ( 6 + 2k )F
MB =
2 (8 + k )
87
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Results shape
1.19.2.3 Reaction in B
Reference solution
Compression force in the spring: VB
-11F
VB = 8 + kA E
Reference solution
Deflection at the spring location: vB
11F
vB = Ky(8 + k)
A E A
88
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Results shape
89
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.20.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies of a circular ring hanged on an elastic element, subjected to its self weight
only.
1.20.2 Background
Units
I. S.
90
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OB = R = 0.1 m,
Length of elastic element: AB = 0.0275 m ;
Straight rectangular section:
Ring
Thickness: h = 0.005 m,
Width: b = 0.010 m,
Section: A = 5 x 10-5 m2,
Flexure moment of relative to the vertical axis: I = 1.042 x 10-10 m4,
Elastic element
Thickness: h = 0.003 m,
Width: b = 0.010 m,
Section: A = 3 x 10-5 m2,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the vertical axis: I = 2.25 x 10-11 m4,
Points coordinates:
O ( 0 ; 0 ),
A ( 0 ; -0.0725 ),
B ( 0 ; -0.1 ).
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 7.2 x 1010 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 2700 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed in A,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solutions
The reference solution was established from experimental results of a mass manufactured aluminum ring.
91
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
92
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
93
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.21.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a short beam on simple supports (the supports are eccentric relative to
the neutral axis).
1.21.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Height: h = 0.2m,
Length: l = 1 m,
Width: b = 0.1 m,
-2 4
Section: A = 2 x 10 m ,
-5 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 6.667 x 10 m .
94
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinged at A (null horizontal and vertical displacements),
Simple support at B.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The problem has no analytical solution, the solution is determined by averaging several software: Timoshenko model
with shear force deformation effects and rotation inertia. The bending modes and the traction-compression are
coupled.
95
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
96
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
97
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
98
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.22 Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) (01-0022SDLSB_FEM)
1.22.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode frequencies of a thin annular plate fixed on a hub.
1.22.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Inner radius: Ri = 0.1 m,
Outer radius: Re = 0.2 m,
Thickness: t = 0.001 m.
Material properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
99
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed on a hub at any point r = Ri.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The solution of determining the frequency based on Bessel functions leads to the following formula:
1 Et2
fij = 2
2Re2 ij 12(1-2)
A E A EA A AE A
where:
i = the number of nodal diameters
j = the number of nodal circles
and ij2 such as:
j \ i 0 1 2 3
0 13.0 13.3 14.7 18.5
1 85.1 86.7 91.7 100
100
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
101
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.23.1 Description
An arc of a circle fixed at one end is loaded with a punctual force at its free end, perpendicular to the plane. The out
of plane displacement, torsion moment and bending moment are verified.
1.23.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Medium radius: R = 1 m ,
Circular hollow section:
de = 0.02 m,
di = 0.016 m,
A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.
102
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at A.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Punctual force in B perpendicular on the plane: Fz = F = 100 N.
Internal: None.
1.23.2.2 Displacements at B
Reference solution
Displacement out of plane at point B:
FR3 EIx 3
uB = EI [ 4 + K ( 4 - 2)]
x T
A E A A E A A E A A E A
where KT is the torsional rigidity for a circular section (torsion constant is 2Ix).
EIx FR3 3
KT = 2GIx = uB = EI [ 4 + (1 + ) ( 4 - 2)]
1+ x
A E A A E A A E A A E A
1.23.2.3 Moments at = 15
Reference solution
Torsion moment: Mx = Mt = FR(1 - sin)
Bending moment: Mz = Mf = -FRcos
103
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
104
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.24.1 Description
Verifies the rotation about Z-axis, the vertical displacement and the horizontal displacement on several points of a
double hinged thin arc in planar bending.
1.24.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Medium radius: R = 1 m ,
Circular hollow section:
de = 0.02 m,
di = 0.016 m,
A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.
105
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinge at A,
At B: allowed rotation along z, vertical displacement restrained along y.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Punctual load at C: Fy = F = - 100 N.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
Rotation about z-axis
FR2
A = - B = ( 2 - 1) 2EI
A E A A E
Displacement;
FR 3 FR3
Vertical at C: vC = 8 EA + ( 4 - 2) 2EI
A E A A E A A E A A E
FR FR3
Horizontal at B: uB = 2EA - 2EI A E A A E
106
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Displacements shape
107
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.25.1 Description
A beam under 3 punctual loads lays on a soil of constant linear stiffness. The bending moment, vertical displacement
and rotation about z-axis on several points of the beam are verified.
1.25.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
L = ( 10 )/2,
A E A
I = 10-4 m4.
108
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Free A and B extremities,
Constant linear stiffness of soil ky = K = 840000 N/m2.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Punctual load at A, C and B: Fy = F = - 10000 N.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
4
= A K/(4EI) E
= L/2
= sh (2) + sin (2)
Bending moment:
MC = (F/(4))(ch(2) - cos (2) 8sh()sin())/
Vertical displacement:
vC = - (F/(2K))( ch(2) + cos (2) + 8ch()cos() + 2)/
109
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.25.2.3 Displacements at A
Reference solution
Vertical displacement:
vA = (2F/K)( ch()cos() + ch(2) + cos(2))/
Rotation about z-axis
A = (-2F2/K)( sh()cos() - sin()ch() + sh(2) - sin(2))/
110
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
111
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.26.1 Description
Verifies the displacement at the top of an EDF Pylon and the dominating buckling results. Three punctual loads
corresponding to wind loads are applied on the main arms, on the upper arm and on the lower horizontal frames of
the pylon.
1.26.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinged support,
For the modeling, a fixed restraint and 4 beams were added at the pylon supports level.
Inner: None.
112
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External:
Punctual loads corresponding to a wind load.
FX = 165550 N, FY = - 1240 N, FZ = - 58720 N on the main arms,
FX = 50250 N, FY = - 1080 N, FZ = - 12780 N on the upper arm,
FX = 11760 N, FY = 0 N, FZ = 0 N on the lower horizontal frames
Internal: None.
Reference solution
113
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deformed shape
114
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
115
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.27.1 Description
Arc of a circle fixed at one end, subjected to two punctual loads and a torque at its free end. The horizontal
displacement, vertical displacement and rotation about Z-axis are verified.
1.27.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Medium radius: R = 3 m ,
Circular hollow section:
de = 0.02 m,
di = 0.016 m,
A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.
116
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed in A.
Inner: None.
Loading
External:
At B:
punctual load F1 = Fx = 10 N,
punctual load F2 = Fy = 5 N,
bending moment about Oz, Mz = 8 Nm.
Internal: None.
1.27.2.2 Displacements at B
Reference solution
At point B:
R2
displacement parallel to Ox: u = 4EI [F1R + 2F2R + 4Mz]
A E A
2
R
displacement parallel to Oy: v = 4EI [2F1R + (3 - 8)F2R + 2( - 2)Mz]
A E A
R
rotation around Oz: = 4EI [4F1R + 2( - 2)F2R + 2Mz]
A E A
117
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Results shape
118
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.28.1 Description
Verifies the horizontal and the vertical displacement in several points of a truss with hinged bars, subjected to a
punctual load.
1.28.2 Background
Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 11/89;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Elements Length (m) Area (m2)
AC 0.5 2 A E
2 x 10-4
CB 0.5 2 A E
2 x 10-4
CD A 2.5 E
1 x 10-4
BD 2A E
1 x 10-4
119
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.962 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Hinge at A and B,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Punctual force at D: Fy = F = - 9.81 x 103 N.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
Displacement method.
Displacements shape
Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load Scale = 1/9
Deformed
120
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
121
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.29.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement in the center of a simply supported square plate.
1.29.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side = 1 m,
Thickness h = 0.01m.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7950 kg/m3.
122
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Simple support on the plate perimeter,
For the modeling, we add a fixed support at B.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Self weight (gravity = 9.81 m/s2).
Internal: None.
Reference solution
According to Love- Kirchhoff hypothesis, the displacement w at a point (x,y):
w(x,y) = wmnsinmxsinny
192g(1 - 2)
where wmn =
mn(m2 + n2)6Eh2
AE A E A
Deformed shape
Simply supported square plate Scale = 1/6
Deformed
123
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
124
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.30.1 Description
A torsion moment is applied on the free end of a caisson beam fixed on one end. For both ends, the displacement,
the rotation about Z-axis and the stress are verified.
1.30.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length; L = 1m,
Square section of side: b = 0.1 m,
Thickness = 0.005 m.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
125
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Beam fixed at end x = 0;
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Torsion moment M = 10N.m applied to the free end (for modeling, 4 forces of 50 N).
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method.
Points coordinates:
A (0,0.05,0.5)
B (-0.05,0,0.8)
Note: point O is the origin of the coordinate system (x,y,z).
Deformed shape
Caisson beam in torsion Scale = 1/4
Deformed
126
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
127
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.31.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the radial deformation and the longitudinal deformation of a cylinder loaded with a uniform internal
pressure.
1.31.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length: L = 4 m,
Radius: R = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.02 m.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
128
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Free conditions
For the modeling, only of the cylinder is considered and the symmetry conditions are applied. On the
other side, we restrained the displacements at a few nodes in order to make the model stable.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Uniform internal pressure: p = 10000 Pa,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
Stresses in the planar elements coordinate system (x axis is parallel with the length of the cylinder):
xx = 0
pR
yy = h A E
Longitudinal deformation:
-pRL
L = A
Eh E
129
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.32.1 Description
Two beams fixed at one end and rigidly connected to an undeformable beam is loaded with a punctual load. The
deflection, vertical reaction and bending moment are verified in several points.
1.32.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Lengths:
L = 2 m,
l = 0.2 m,
Beams inertia moment: I = (4/3) x 10-8 m4,
-2
The beam sections are squared, of side: 2 x 10 m.
130
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed in A and C,
Inner: The tangents to the deflection of beams AB and CD at B and D remain horizontal; practically, we
restraint translations along x and z at nodes B and D.
Loading
External: In D: punctual load F = Fy = -1000N.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The theory of slender beams bending (Euler-Bernouilli formula) leads to a deflection at B and D:
The resolution of the hyperstatic system of the slender beam leads to:
FL3
vB = vD = 24EI
A E
Results shape
Fixed beams connected to a stiff element Scale = 1/10
Deformed
131
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Reference solution
Analytical solution.
Reference solution
Analytical solution.
132
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.33.1 Description
Verifies the rotation about z-axis and the bending moment on a portal frame with lateral connections.
1.33.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Beam Length Moment of inertia
AB lAB = 4 m 64
IAB = 3 x 10-8 m4
A E A
AC lAC = 1 m 1
IAC = 12 x 10-8 m4
A E A
AD lAD = 1 m 1
IAD = 12 x 10-8 m4
A E A
AE lAE = 2 m 4
IAE = 3 x 10-8 m4
A E A
133
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at B, D and E,
Hinge at C,
Inner: None.
Loading
External:
Punctual force at G: Fy = F = - 105 N,
Distributed load on beam AD: p = - 103 N/m.
Internal: None.
1.33.2.2 Displacements at A
Reference solution
Rotation at A about z-axis:
EIAn
We say: kAn = l where n = B, C, D or E
An
A E A
3
K = kAB + kAD + kAE + 4 kAC A E
kAn
rAn = K
FlAD plAB2
C1 = 8 - 12
C1
= 4K
134
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Displacements shape
1.33.2.3 Moments in A
Reference solution
plAB2
MAB = 12 + rAB x C1
FlAD
MAD = - 8 + rAD x C1
MAE = rAE x C1
MAC = rAC x C1
135
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
136
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.34.1 Description
A beam under a punctual load, a distributed load and two torques lays on a soil of constant linear stiffness. The
rotation around z-axis, the vertical reaction, the vertical displacement and the bending moment are verified in several
points.
1.34.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
L = ( 10 )/2,
-4 4
I = 10 m .
137
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Free A and B ends,
Soil with a constant linear stiffness ky = K = 840000 N/m2.
Inner: None.
Loading
External:
Punctual force at D: Fy = F = - 10000 N,
Uniformly distributed force from A to B: fy = p = - 5000 N/m,
Torque at A: Cz = -C = -15000 Nm,
Torque at B: Cz = C = 15000 Nm.
Internal: None.
Reference solution
4
= K/(4EI)
= L/2
= ch(2) + cos(2)
Vertical support reaction:
1
VA = -p(sh(2) + sin(2)) - 2Fch()cos() + 22C(sh(2) - sin(2)) x
2
Rotation about z-axis:
1
A = p(sh(2) sin(2)) + 2Fsh()sin() - 22C(sh(2) + sin(2)) x
(K/)
138
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deformed shape
Reference solution
Vertical displacement:
1
vD = 2p( - 2ch()cos()) + F(sh(2) sin(2)) - 82Csh()sin() x
2K
Bending moment:
1
MD = 4psh()sin() + F(sh(2) + sin(2)) - 82Cch()cos() x
42
139
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
140
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.35.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on a 300 cm long beam, consisting of an I shaped profile of a total height of 20.04
cm, a 0.96 cm thick web and 20.04 cm wide / 1.46 cm thick flanges.
1.35.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
l= 300 cm
h= 20.04 cm
b= 20.04 cm
tw = 1.46 cm
tf = 0.96 cm
Sx= 74.95 cm2
Iz = 5462 cm4
Sy = 16.43 cm2
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2285938 daN/cm2,
Transverse elastic modulus G = 879207 daN/cm2
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
141
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Simple support on node 11,
For the modeling, put an hinge at node 1 (instead of a simple support).
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Vertical punctual load P = -20246 daN at node 6,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The reference displacement is calculated in the middle of the beam, at node 6.
flexion
shear
3
Pl Pl 20246 x3003 20246 x300
v6 = + = + = 0.912 0.105 = 1.017 cm
48 EI z 4GS y 48 x 2285938 x5462 4 x 2285938 x16.43
2(1 + 0.3)
Deformed shape
142
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
143
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.36.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a cylinder under a uniform axial load.
1.36.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Length: L = 4 m,
Radius: R = 1 m.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
144
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Null axial displacement at the left end: vz = 0,
For the modeling, only a of the cylinder is considered.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Uniform axial load q = 10000 N/m
Inner: None.
Reference solution
x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.
q
xx = h
yy = 0
Reference solution
L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:
qL
L = Eh
145
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deformation shape
146
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.37.1 Description
Verifies the stress and the radial deformation of a torus with uniform internal pressure.
1.37.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Transverse section radius: b = 1 m,
Average radius of curvature: a = 2 m.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
147
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: For the modeling, only 1/8 of the cylinder is considered, so the symmetry conditions are imposed to end
nodes.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Uniform internal pressure p = 10000 Pa
Internal: None.
1.37.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
(See stresses description on the first scheme of the overview)
If a b r a + b
pb r + a
11 = 2h r
pb
22 = 2h
Reference solution
R radial deformation of the torus:
pb
R = 2Eh (r - (r + a))
148
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
149
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.38.1 Description
A spherical shell is subjected to a uniform internal pressure. The stress and the radial deformation are verified.
1.38.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Radius: R2 = 1 m,
= 90 (hemisphere).
150
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Simple support (null displacement along vertical displacement) on the shell perimeter.
For modeling, we consider only half of the hemisphere, so we impose symmetry conditions (DOF restrains
placed in the vertical plane xy in translation along z and in rotation along x and y). In addition, the node at the
top of the shell is restrained in translation along x to assure the stability of the structure during calculation).
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Uniform internal pressure p = 10000 Pa
Internal: None.
1.38.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
(See stresses description on the first scheme of the overview)
If 0 90
pR22
11 = 22 = 2h
Reference solution
R radial deformation of the calotte:
pR22 (1 - ) sin
R = 2Eh
151
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deformed shape
152
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.39.1 Description
Verifies the horizontal displacement and the stress on a plate (8 x 12 cm) fixed in the middle on 3 supports with a
punctual load at its free node.
1.39.2 Background
, [ 1;1]
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Thickness: e = 0.1 cm,
Length: l = 8 cm,
Width: B = 12 cm.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 30 x 106 N/cm2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed on 3 sides,
Inner: None.
153
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External: Uniform load Fx = F = 6000 N at A,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
Point B is the origin of the coordinate system used for the results positions.
F F 6000
uA = = = 6 6
= 9.3410 4 cm
K eabE 2 1 ES 2.67410 + 3.7510
2 + 2 +
3 a 1 2
( )
b (1 + ) 2a
= 1; xx1 = 0
E uA
xx1 = (1 ) for = 0; xx1 = 1924 N/cm 2 = 19.24 MPa
1 2a
2
= 1; = 3849 N/cm 2 = 38.49 MPa
xx1
= 1; yy1 = 0
yy1 = xx1 for = 0; yy1 = 577 N/cm 2 = 5.77 MPa
= 1; = 1155 N/cm 2 = 11.55 MPa
yy1
= 1; xy1 = 0
E uA
xy1 = (1 + ) for = 0; xy1 = 898 N/cm 2 = 8.98 MPa
1 + 8b = 1; = 1796 N/cm 2 = 17.96 MPa
xy1
Deformed shape
154
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
155
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.40.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a thin cylinder subjected to its self
weight only.
1.40.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Length: L = 4 m,
Radius: R = 1 m.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7.85 x 104 N/m3.
156
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Null axial displacement at z = 0,
For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the cylinder, so we impose the symmetry conditions on
the nodes that are parallel with the cylinders axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Cylinder self weight,
Internal: None.
1.40.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.
xx = z
yy = 0
Reference solution
L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:
z2
L = 2E
* To obtain this result, you must generate a calculation note Planar elements stresses by load case in neutral fiber"
with results on center.
157
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.41.1 Description
A spherical shell with holes is subjected to 4 forces, opposite 2 by 2. The horizontal displacement is verified.
1.41.2 Background
Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 21/89;
Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Radius: R = 10 m
Thickness: h = 0.04 m,
Opening angle of the hole: 0 = 18.
158
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 6.285 x 107 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: For modeling, we consider only a quarter of the shell, so we impose symmetry conditions (nodes in the
vertical yz plane are restrained in translation along x and in rotation along y and z. Nodes on the vertical xy
plane are restrained in translation along z and in rotation along x and y),
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Punctual loads F = 1 N, according to the diagram,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.
Deformed shape
Spherical shell with holes Scale = 1/79
Deformed
159
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
160
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.42.1 Description
A spherical dome of radius (a) is subjected to a uniform external pressure. The horizontal displacement and the
external meridian stresses are verified.
1.42.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Radius: a = 2.54 m,
161
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Thickness: h = 0.0127 m,
Angle: = 75.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 6.897 x 1010 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.2.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed on the dome perimeter,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Uniform pressure p = 0.6897 x 106 Pa,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.
Deformed shape
162
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
163
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.43.1 Description
A square plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending moments
at the plate center are verified.
1.43.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side: a =b = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),
164
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Inner: None
Loading
External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,
Internal: None.
1.43.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate
Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.
165
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.44.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement and the stresses on a square plate of 2 x 2 m, fixed on 3 sides with a uniform
surface load on its surface.
1.44.2 Background
, [ 1;1]
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Thickness: e = 1 m,
4 square elements of side h = 1 m.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
166
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed on 3 sides,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Uniform load p = -1. 108 N/ml on the upper surface,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The reference displacements are calculated on nodes 7 and 9.
-6ph(3 + )(1 - 2)
v9 = = -0.1809 x 10-3 m,
E(8(3 - )2 - (3 + )2)
4(3 - )
v7 = v9 = -0.592 x 10-3 m,
3+
For element 1.4:
(For the stresses calculated above, the abscissa point (x = 0; y = 0) corresponds to node 8.)
= -1 ; yy = 0
E (v9 - v7) = 0 ; yy = -47.44 MPa
yy = (1 + ) for
1 - 2 2h = 1 ; yy = -94.88 MPa
= -1 ; xx = 0
xx = yy for = 0 ; xx = -14.23 MPa
= 1 ; xx = -28.46 MPa
= -1 ; = 0 ; xy = -47.82 MPa
E (v9 + v7) + (v9 - v7) = 0 ; = 0 ; xy = -31.21 MPa
xy = 4h (1 + ) for
1+ = 1 ; = 0 ; xy = -14.61 MPa
167
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deformed shape
168
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
169
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.45.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a thin cylinder under a hydrostatic
pressure.
1.45.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Length: L = 4 m,
Radius: R = 1 m.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the cylinder, so we impose the symmetry conditions on
the nodes that are parallel with the cylinders axis.
170
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Inner: None.
Loading
z
External: Radial internal pressure varies linearly with the "p" height, p = p0 L ,
Internal: None.
1.45.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.
xx = 0
p0Rz
yy = Lh
Reference solution
L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:
-p0Rz2
L = 2ELh
L radial deformation of the cylinder:
p0R2z
R = ELh
171
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deformation shape
172
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.46.1 Description
A cylinder of length L is pinched by 2 diametrically opposite forces (F). The vertical displacement is verified.
1.46.2 Background
Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 20/89;
Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Element type: planar.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length: L = 10.35 m (total length),
Radius: R = 4.953 m,
173
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Thickness: h = 0.094 m.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 10.5 x 106 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3125.
Boundary conditions
Outer: For the modeling, we consider only half of the cylinder, so we impose symmetry conditions (nodes in
the horizontal xz plane are restrained in translation along y and in rotation along x and z),
Inner: None.
Loading
External: 2 punctual loads F = 100 N,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.
174
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.47 Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments (01-
0054SSLSB_FEM)
1.47.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a punctual force and moments. The vertical displacement is
verified.
1.47.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Width: DA = CB = 20 m,
Length: AB = DC = 5 m,
Thickness: h = 1 m,
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E =1000 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Punctual support at A, B and D (null displacement along z-axis),
Inner: None.
175
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External:
In A: MX = 20 Nm, MY = -10 Nm,
In B: MX = 20 Nm, MY = 10 Nm,
In C: FZ = -2 N, MX = -20 Nm, MY = 10 Nm,
In D: MX = -20 Nm, MY = -10 Nm,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.
Deformed shape
Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments
Deformed
176
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.48.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement of a rectangular shear plate fixed at one end, loaded with two forces.
1.48.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length: L = 12 m,
Width: l = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.05 m,
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.25.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed AD edge,
Inner: None.
177
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External:
At B: Fz = -1.0 N,
At C: FZ = 1.0 N,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
Analytical solution.
Deformed shape
Shear plate Scale = 1/35
Deformed
178
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.49 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-
0058SSLSB_FEM)
1.49.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01333 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with
a uniform pressure.
1.49.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01333 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 75.
Materials properties
Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed sides: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),
Inner: None.
179
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
180
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.50 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-
0059SSLSB_FEM)
1.50.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.02 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.
1.50.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 50.
Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed edges: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),
Inner: None.
181
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
182
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.51.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending
moments at the plate center are verified.
1.51.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Width: a = 1 m,
Length: b = 5 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),
Inner: None.
183
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,
Internal: None.
1.51.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate
Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.
184
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.52 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-
0057SSLSB_FEM)
1.52.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.
1.52.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 100.
Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed sides: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),
Inner: None.
185
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
186
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.53 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-
0061SSLSB_FEM)
1.53.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.1 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.
1.53.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.1 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 10.
Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed edges: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),
Inner: None.
187
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
188
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.54 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-
0062SSLSB_FEM)
1.54.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
punctual force in the center.
1.54.2 Background
Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Analysis type: static;
Element type: planar.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 100.
Materials properties
Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,
189
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed edges,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Punctual force applied on the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
190
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.55 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-
0063SSLSB_FEM)
1.55.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01333 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with
a punctual force in the center.
1.55.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01333 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 75.
Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
191
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed sides,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Punctual force applied on the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
192
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.56.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending
moments at the plate center are verified.
1.56.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Width: a = 1 m,
Length: b = 2 m,
Thickness: h = 0.01 m,
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.0 x 107 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
193
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,
Internal: None.
1.56.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate
Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.
194
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.57.1 Description
A truss with hinged bars is placed on three punctual supports (subjected to imposed displacements) and is loaded
with two punctual forces. A thermal load is applied to all the bars. The traction force and the vertical displacement are
verified.
1.57.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
= 30,
Section A1 = 1.41 x 10-3 m2,
-3 2
Section A2 = 2.82 x 10 m .
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E =2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Coefficient of linear expansion: = 10-5 C-1.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinge at A (uA = vA = 0),
Roller supports at B and C ( uB = vC = 0),
Inner: None.
195
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External:
Support displacement: vA = -0.02 m ; vB = -0.03 m ; vC = -0.015 m ,
Punctual loads: FE = -150 KN ; FF = -100 KN,
Expansion effect on all bars for a temperature variation of 150 in relation with the assembly
temperature (specified geometry),
Internal: None.
Reference solution
Determining the hyperstatic unknown with the section cut method.
Reference solution
vD displacement was determined by several software with implemented finite elements method.
Deformed shape
Triangulated system with hinged bars
01-0056SSLLB_FEM
196
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
197
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.58 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-
0060SSLSB_FEM)
1.58.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.05 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.
1.58.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.05 m,
a
Slenderness: = h = 20.
Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed edges: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),
Inner: None.
198
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
199
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.58.2.3 T
heoretical results
Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.55474 x 10-3
200
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.59 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0066SSLSB_FEM)
1.59.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.1 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
punctual force in the center.
1.59.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.1 m,
Slenderness: = 10.
Materials properties
Reinforcement,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
201
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed edges,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: punctual force applied in the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
202
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.60.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, fixed on its ends and
subjected to its self weight only.
1.60.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
-4 2
Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .
203
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at points A and B,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
transverse bending:
i2 GIp
fj = where i = 1,2.
2 R2 A
204
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
205
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.61 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Rafters) (01-
0077SSLPB_FEM)
1.61.1 Description
Moments and actions on supports calculation on a 2D portal frame. The purpose of this test is to verify the results of
Advance Design for the M. R. study of a 2D portal frame.
1.61.2 Background
206
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
qL qL 8h + 5f
VA = VE = H A = HE = =H
2 32 h(k + 3 ) + f (3h + f )
qL
MB = MD = Hh MC = H(h + f )
8
Comparison between theoretical results and the results obtained by Advance Design for a linear load
perpendicular on the chords
207
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.62 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Columns) (01-
0078SSLPB_FEM)
1.62.1 Description
Moments and actions on supports calculation on a 2D portal frame. The purpose of this test is to verify the results of
Advance Design for the M. R. study of a 2D portal frame.
1.62.2 Background
208
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
qh qh 5kh + 6(2h + f )
VA = VE = HE = H A = HE qh
2L 16 h(k + 3 ) + f (3h + f )
qh qh
MB = HEh MC = HE (h + f ) MD = HEh
2 4
209
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.63 A plate (0.05 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-
0065SSLSB_FEM)
1.63.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.05 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
punctual force in the center.
1.63.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.05 m,
Slenderness: = 20.
Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
210
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed sides,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Punctual force applied at the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
211
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.64.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, extended with two
straight elements (2 m long) and subjected to its self weight only.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
L = 2 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
-4 2
Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .
Points coordinates (in m):
O(0;0;0)
A(0;R;0)
212
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
B(R;0;0)
C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
D ( R ; -L ; 0 )
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at points C and D
At A: translation restraint along y and z,
At B: translation restraint along x and z,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
transverse bending:
i2 GIp
fj = where i = 1,2 with i = 1,2:
2 R2 A
213
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Reference
214
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.65 Slender beam of variable rectangular section with fixed-free ends (=5) (01-0085SDLLB_FEM)
1.65.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes (bending) for a slender beam with variable rectangular section (fixed-free).
1.65.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length: L = 1 m,
Straight initial section:
h0 = 0.04 m
b0 = 0.05 m
A0 = 2 x 10-3 m
Straight final section
h1 = 0.01 m
b1 = 0.01 m
A1 = 10-4 m
Materials properties
E = 2 x 1011 Pa
= 7800 kg/m3
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at end x = 0,
Free at end x = 1
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
215
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2
EIz = A
x 2 x t
where Iz and A vary with the abscissa.
The result is:
h
1 h1 E = h1 = 4
fi = i(, ) with
12
2 l = b = 5
b1
1 2 3 4 5
=5 24.308 75.56 167.21 301.9 480.4
Reference values
Eigen mode type Frequency (Hz)
1 56.55
2 175.79
Flexion 3 389.01
4 702.36
5 1117.63
216
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
217
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
218
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
219
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.66.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes (flexion) for a slender beam with variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed).
1.66.2 BackgroundOverview
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length: L = 0.6 m,
Constant thickness: h = 0.01 m
Initial section:
b0 = 0.03 m
A0 = 3 x 10-4 m
Section variation:
with ( = 1)
b = b0e-2x
A = A0e-2x
Materials properties
E = 2 x 1011 Pa
= 0.3
= 7800 kg/m3
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at end x = 0,
Fixed at end x = 0.6 m.
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
220
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
s r
1 cos(rl)ch(sl) + sh(sl)sin(rl) = 0
2rs
with
A 0 i2
4i =
EIzo
si
; r = + 2i ; s = 2i ( )
2i > 0
cos(rl) ch(sl)
i (x ) = e x cos(rx ) ch(sx ) + (s sin(rx ) rsh(sx ))
rsh(sl) s sin(rl)
Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:
Reference values
Eigen mode Frequency (Hz) Eigen mode i(x)*
order x=0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
1 143.303 0 0.237 0.703 1 0.859 0.354 0
2 396.821 0 -0.504 -0.818 0 0.943 0.752 0
3 779.425 0 0.670 0.210 -0.831 0.257 1 0
4 1289.577 0 -0.670 0.486 0 -0.594 1 0
* i(x) eigen modes* standardized to 1 at the point of maximum amplitude.
Eigen modes
221
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
222
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.67.1 Description
Calculation of support reactions of a 2D portal frame with hinged supports.
1.67.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length: L = 20 m,
-4 4
I1 = 5.0 x 10 m
a=4m
h=8m
b = 10.77 m
-4 4
I2 = 2.5 x 10 m
Materials properties
Isotropic linear elastic material.
11
E = 2.1 x 10 Pa
223
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Hinged base plates A and B (uA = vA = 0 ; uB = vB = 0).
Loading
p = -3 000 N/m
F1 = -20 000 N
F2 = -10 000 N
M = -100 000 Nm
224
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.68 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-
0064SSLSB_FEM)
1.68.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.02 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
punctual force in the center.
1.68.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Side: a = 1 m,
Thickness: h = 0.02 m,
Slenderness: = 50.
Materials properties
Reinforcement,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
225
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed edges,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: punctual force applied in the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at 5%.
226
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
227
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.69.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, extended with two
straight elements (0.6 m long) and subjected to its self weight only.
1.69.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
L = 0.6 m,
Straight circular hollow section:
Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .
228
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed at points C and D
In A: translation restraint along y and z,
In B: translation restraint along x and z,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
transverse bending:
i2 GIp
fj = where i = 1,2.
2 R2 A
229
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
230
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.70.1 Description
Verifies the deflection magnitude on a non-slender beam with two hinged supports.
1.70.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length: L = 1.44 m,
Area: A = 31 x 10-4 m
-8 4
Inertia: I = 2810 x 10 m
Shearing coefficient: az = 2.42 = A/Ar
Materials properties
E = 2 x 1011 Pa
= 0.3
Boundary conditions
Hinge at end x = 0,
Hinge at end x = 1.44 m.
231
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
Uniformly distributed force of p = -1. X 105 N/m on beam AB.
5 pl 4 l 2p
v= +
384 EI 8 A r G
E
where G = and A r = A
2(1 + ) az
where "Ar" is the reduced area and "az" the shear coefficient calculated on the transverse section.
Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:
Reference values
Point Magnitudes and units Value
C V, deflection (m) -1.25926 x 10-3
232
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.71.1 Description
A 3D bar structure with elastic support is subjected to a vertical load of -100 kN. The V2 magnitude on node 5, the
normal force magnitude, the reaction magnitude on supports and the action magnitude are verified.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
For all bars:
H=3m
B=3m
S = 0.02 m2
Element Node i Node j
1 (bar) 1 5
2 (bar) 2 5
3 (bar) 3 5
4 (bar) 4 5
5 (spring) 5 6
Materials properties
Isotropic linear elastic materials
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 E8 N/m2,
233
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: At node 5: K = 50000 kN/m ;
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Vertical load at node: P = -100 kN,
Internal: None.
System solution
B2
L= H2 + . Also, U1 = V1 = U5 = U6 = V6 = 0
2
Stiffness matrix of bar 1
234
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
x x 1 1
u ( x) = (1 ).ui + .u j u ( ) = (1 ).ui + (1 + ).u j
L L 2 2
2x
where = 1
L
in the local coordinate system:
1
[k1 ] = [B] [H ][B]dVe = ES 0 [B]T [B]dx = ES 1 12 1 1 2
T L 1
d
ve 2 2 L
2
1 0 1 0 (ui )
1 1
1
2 ES 4
4 d = ES 1 1 (ui ) = ES 0 0 0 0 (vi )
L 1 1
= 1 L 1 1 (u j ) L 1 0 1 0 (u j )
4 4 0 (v j )
0 0 0
1 0 1 0 (u1 )
0 0 0 ( v 1 )
where [k 1 ] = ES 0
L 1 0 1 0 (u 5 )
0 0 0 0 ( v 5 )
[ ]
The elementary matrix k e expressed in the global coordinate system XY is the following: ( angle allowing
the transition from the global base to the local base):
cos sin 0 0
sin cos 0 0
[K e ] = [R e ] [k e ][R e ] avec [R e ] =
T
0 0 cos sin
0 0 sin cos
2 B2
cos =
2L2
B H H2
Knowing that cos = and sin = , then: sin 2 = 2
L 2 L L
HB
sin cos =
2L2
B2 HB B2 HB
2
2 2 2
(U 1 )
HB H2
HB
H2
H ES (V1 )
for element 1 nodes 1 5, = arctan ( ) : [K1 ] = 3 22 2
D L B HB B2 HB (U 5 )
2 2 2 2 (V5 )
HB HB
2 H2 H2
2
235
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
0 0 0 0 (U 5 )
0 1 0 1 (V5 )
for element 5 nodes 5 6, = 90 : [K 5 ] = K '
0 0 0 0 (U 6 )
0 1 0 1 (V6 )
[ ]
System K {Q} = {F}
ES B 2 ES HB ES B 2 ES HB
3 0 0
L 2 L3 2 L3 2 L3 2 U R
ES HB ES 2 ES HB ES 1 X1
L3 H 3 3 H2 0 0 V R
L3 L L
2 2 1 Y 1
ES B
2
ES HB ES B 2 ES HB 5 X5
U R
3 0 0 =
L 23
L 2 L3 2 L3 2 V5 P
ES HB ES 2
3 H
ES HB ES 2
H + K 0
K U 6 R X 6
L3 2 L L3 2 L3 V R
6 Y6
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 K 0 K
If U1 = V1 = U5 = U6 = V6 = 0, then:
P P
V5 = 4 = 4 = 0.001885 m
ES 2 ES 2 K
H + K H +
L3 L3 4
ES HB ES HB
R X1 = V5 = 1015 N R X5 = 3 V5 = 1015 N R X6 = 0
And L3 2 L 2
ES K
R Y1 = 3 H 2 V5 = 1436 N R Y 6 = V5 = 23563 N
L 4
Note:
The values on supports specified by Advance Design correspond to the actions,
RY6 calculated value must be multiplied by 4 in relation to the double symmetry,
236
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Effort in bar 1:
B H
L 2 0 0
L
u1 H B U1
v 0 0 V
1 L L 2 1 and ES 1 1 u1 = N1 = 1759
= H U 5
u5 0 0
B
L 1 1 u5 N 5 1759
v5 L 2 L V
5
0 H B
0
L L 2
u1 cos sin 0 0 U1
v sin
1 cos 0 0 V1 ES 1 1 u1 N1
= and =
u5 0 0 cos sin U 5 L 1 1 u5 N 5
v5 0 0 sin
cos V5
Reference values
237
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deformed shape
238
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
239
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.72.1 Description
Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass.
1.72.2 Background
Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 15/89;
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Element type: linear.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Outer diameter de = 0.35 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.32 m,
Beam length: l = 10 m,
Area: A = 1.57865 x 10-2 m2
-4 4
Polar inertia: IP = 4.43798 x 10 m
-4 4
Inertia: Iy = Iz = 2.21899 x 10 m
240
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Density: = 7800 kg/m3
Poisson's ratio: =0.3 (this coefficient was not specified in the AFNOR test , the value 0.3 seems to be the
more appropriate to obtain the correct frequency value of mode No. 8 with NE/NASTRAN)
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at point A, x = 0,
Inner: none
Loading
None for the modal analysis
Reference frequency
For the first mode, the Rayleigh method gives the approximation formula
3 EI z
f1 = 1 / 2 x 3
I (m c + 0.24M)
Comment: The mass matrix associated with the beam torsion on two nodes, is expressed as:
l IP 1 1/ 2
3 1/ 2 1
And to the extent that Advance Design uses a condensed mass matrix, the value of the torsion mass inertia
l Ip
introduced in the model is set to:
3
241
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Modal deformations
242
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Observation: the deformed shape of mode No. 8 that does not really correspond to a torsion deformation, is
actually the display result of the translations and not of the rotations. This is confirmed by the rotation values of the
corresponding mode.
243
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Comment: The difference between the reference frequency of torsion mode (mode No. 8) and the one found by
Advance Design may be explained by the fact that Advance Design is using a lumped mass matrix (see the
corresponding description sheet).
244
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.73.1 Description
Simple supported beam in free vibration.
Tested functions: Shear force, eigen frequencies.
1.73.2 Background
Reference: NAFEMS, FV5
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Tested functions: Shear force, eigen frequencies.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Density: = 8000 kg/m3
245
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer:
x = y = z = Rx = 0 at A ;
y = z =0 at B ;
Inner: None.
Loading
None for the modal analysis
Comment: Due to the condensed (lumped) nature of the mass matrix of Advance Design, the frequencies values of 3
and 7 modes cannot be found by this software. The same modeling done with NE/NASTRAN gave respectively for
mode 3 and 7: 77.2 and 224.1 Hz.
Modal deformations
246
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Comment: The torsion modes No. 3 and 7 that are calculated with NASTRAN cannot be calculated with Advance
Design CM2 solver and therefore the mode No. 3 of the Advance Design analysis corresponds to mode No. 4 of the
reference. The same problem in the case of No. 7 - Advance Design, that corresponds to mode No. 8 of the
reference.
247
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.74.1 Description
Membrane with hot point.
Tested functions: Stresses.
1.74.2 Background
Reference: NAFEMS, Test T1
Analysis type: static, thermo-elastic;
Tested functions: Stresses.
Observation: the units system of the initial NAFEMS test, defined in mm, was transposed in m for practical reasons.
However, this has no influence on the results values.
248
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
I. S.
Geometry / meshing
A quarter of the structure is modeled by incorporating the terms of symmetries.
Thickness: 1 m
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3,
Elongation coefficient = 0.00001.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
For all nodes in y = 0, uy =0;
For all nodes in x = 0, ux =0;
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: Hot point, thermal load T = 100C;
249
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Reference solution:
Note: This value (50.87) is obtained with a vertical cross section through point A. The value represents yy at the left
end of the diagram.
With CM2, it is essential to display the results with the Smooth results on planar elements option deactivated.
250
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.75.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement and the normal force on a cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load.
1.75.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
L = 10 m
S=0.01 m2
4
I = 0.0002 m
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.0 x 1010 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.1.
Coefficient of thermal expansion: = 0.00001
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Punctual load P = -100000 N at x = L,
Internal: T = -50C (Contraction equivalent to the compression force)
N 100000
( 0 = = = 0.0005 = T = 0.00001 50 )
ES 2.10 10 0.01
251
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Reference solution
The reference critical load established by Euler is:
2 EI 98696
Pcritical = 2
= 98696 N = = 0.98696
4L 100000
Observation: in this case, the thermal load has no effect over the critical coefficient
Deformed shape
252
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.76.1 Description
Double cross with hinged ends.
Tested functions: Eigen frequencies, crossed beams, in plane bending.
1.76.2 Background
Reference: NAFEMS, FV2 test
Analysis type: modal analysis;
Tested functions: Eigen frequencies, Crossed beams, In plane bending.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
253
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Iy = Iz = 2.035 x 10-5m4
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
Density: = 8000 kg/m3
Boundary conditions
Outer: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H points restraint along x and y;
Inner: None.
Loading
None for the modal analysis
Modal deformations
254
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
255
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
256
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.77.1 Description
Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k -> infinite).
1.77.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
L = 10 m
4
Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),
Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),
T/C stiffness ky (1.1030N/m),
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,
Internal: None.
257
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Displacements
1 =
( ) = 0.000115 rad
3PL2 2EI z + k y L3
32EI (3EI + 2k L )
z z y
3
PL (3EI + k L )
2
z y
3
2 = = 0.000077 rad
16EI (3EI + 2k L )
z z y
3
3PL3
v3 = =0
(
16 3EI z + 2k y L3 )
3 =
(
PL 6EI z + k y L3
2
) = 0.000038 rad
32EI z 3EI z ( + 2k L )
y
3
Mz Moments
M z1 = 0
3k y PL4
Mz2 =
(
16 3EI z + 2k y L3 ) = 93.75 N.m
PL (M z 2 M z1 )
M z ( x = 5m) = + = 203.13 N.m
4 2
Deformed shape
258
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Moment diagram
259
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.78.1 Description
Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k = -10000 N/m).
1.78.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
L = 10 m
Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m4
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),
Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),
T/C ky Rigidity = -10000 N/m (the sign corresponds to an upwards restraint),
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,
Internal: None.
260
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Displacements
1 =
( ) = 0.000129 rad
3PL2 2EI z + k y L3
32EI (3EI + 2k L )
z z y
3
PL (3EI + k L )
2
z y
3
2 = = 0.000106 rad
16EI (3EI + 2k L )
z z y
3
3PL3
v3 = = 0.00058 m
(
16 3EI z + 2k y L3 )
3 =
(
PL 6EI z + k y L3
2
) = 0.000034 rad
32EI z 3EI z ( + 2k L )
y
3
Mz Moments
M z1 = 0
3k y PL4
Mz2 =
(
16 3EI z + 2k y L3 ) = 58.15 N.m
PL (M z 2 M z1 )
M z ( x = 5m) = + = 220.9 N.m
4 2
Deformed shape
261
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Moment diagram
262
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.79.1 Description
Verifies the displacement and the normal force for a bar system containing 4 elements of the same length and 2
diagonals.
1.79.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
L=5m
2
Section S = 0.005 m
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Support at node 1 restrained along x and y,
Support at node 2 restrained along x and y,
Inner: None.
263
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External: Horizontal punctual load P = 50000 N at node 3,
Internal: None.
Displacements
30PL
u3 = = 0.000649 m
11ES
6PL
v3 = = 0.000129 m
11ES
25PL
u4 = = 0.000541 m
11ES
5PL
v4 = = 0.000108 m
11ES
N normal forces
5
N12 = 0 N14 = P = 22727 N
11
6 6 2
N 23 = P = 27272 N N13 = P = 38569 N
11 11
5 5 2
N 43 = P = 22727 N N 42 = P = 32141 N
11 11
Deformed shape
264
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Normal forces
265
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
266
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.80 Double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load (01-0091HFLLB_FEM)
1.80.1 Description
Verifies the normal force on the nodes of a double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load.
1.80.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
L = 10 m
Cross Section Sx m Sy m Sz m Ix m4 Iy m4 Iz m4
Vx m3 V1y m3 V1z m3 V2y m3 V2z m3
IPE200 0.002850 0.001400 0.001799 0.0000000646 0.0000014200 0.0000194300
0.00000000 0.00002850 0.00019400 0.00002850 0.00019400
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Coefficient of thermal expansion: = 0.00001
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,
Inner: None.
267
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External: Punctual load FZ = 1 N at = L/2 (load that initializes the deformed shape),
Internal: T = 5C corresponding to a compression force of:
N = EST = 2.1E11 0.00285 0.00001 5 = 29.925 kN
Reference solution
The reference critical load established by Euler is:
2 EI 29.925
Pcritical = 2
= 117.724 kN = = 3.93
L 117.724
2
Observation: in this case, the thermal load has no effect over the critical coefficient
268
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
269
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.81.1 Description
Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass.
1.81.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Outer diameter: de= 0.35 m,
Inner diameter: di = 0.32 m,
Beam length: l = 10 m,
Distance BC: lBC = 1 m
Area: A =1.57865 x 10-2 m2
Inertia: Iy = Iz = 2.21899 x 10-4m4
-4 4
Polar inertia: Ip = 4.43798 x 10 m
270
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elasticity modulus of AB element: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Density of the linear element AB: = 7800 kg/m3
Poisson's ratio =0.3(this coefficient was not specified in the AFNOR test , the value 0.3 seems to be the more
appropriate to obtain the correct frequency value of modes No. 4 and 5 with NE/NASTRAN:
Elastic modulus of BC element: E = 1021 Pa
Density of the linear element BC: = 0 kg/m3
Boundary conditions
Fixed at point A, x = 0,
Loading
None for the modal analysis
Reference solutions
The different eigen frequencies are determined using a finite elements model of Euler beam (slender beam).
fz + t0 = flexion x,z + torsion
fy + tr = flexion x,y + traction
Mode Units Reference
1 (fz + t0) Hz 1.636
2 (fy + tr) Hz 1.642
3 (fy + tr) Hz 13.460
4 (fz + t0) Hz 13.590
5 (fz + t0) Hz 28.900
6 (fy + tr) Hz 31.960
7 (fz + t0) Hz 61.610
1 (fz + t0) Hz 63.930
Modal deformations
271
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Note:
fz + t0 = flexion x,z + torsion
fy + tr = flexion x,y + traction
Observation: because the mass matrix of Advance Design is condensed and not consistent, the torsion modes
obtained are not taking into account the self rotation mass inertia of the beam.
272
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
273
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.82.1 Description
Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k = 0).
1.82.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
L = 10 m
4
Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),
Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),
T/C stiffness ky = 0,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,
Internal: None.
274
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Displacements
1 =
( ) = 0.000153 rad
3PL2 2EI z + k y L3
32EI (3EI + 2k L )
z z y
3
PL (3EI + k L )
2
z y
3
2 = = 0.000153 rad
16EI (3EI + 2k L )
z z y
3
3PL3
v3 = = 0.00153 m
(
16 3EI z + 2k y L3 )
3 =
(
PL 6EI z + k y L3
2
) = 0.000153 rad
32EI z 3EI z ( + 2k L )
y
3
Mz Moments
M z1 = 0
3k y PL4
Mz2 =
(
16 3EI z + 2k y L3 )=0
PL (M z 2 M z1 )
M z ( x = 5m) = + = 250 N.m
4 2
Deformed shape
275
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Moment diagrams
276
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.83 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Linear element in combined bending/tension - without
compressed reinforcements - Partially tensioned section (02-0158SSLLB_B91)
1.83.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a concrete beam with 8 isostatic spans subjects to uniform loads and
compression normal forces.
Units
Forces: kN
Moment: kN.m
Stresses: MPa
Reinforcement density: cm
Geometry
Beam dimensions: 0.2 x 0.5 ht
Length: l = 48 m in 8 spans of 6m,
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 20000 MPa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinged at end x = 0,
Vertical support at the same level with all other supports
Inner: Hinged at each beam end (isostatic)
Loading
External:
Case 1 (DL):uniform linear load g= -5kN/m (on all spans except 8)
Fx = 10 kN at x = 42m: Ng = -10 kN for spans from 6 to 7
Fx = 140 kN at x = 32m: Ng = -150 kN for span 5
Fx = -50 kN at x = 24m: Ng = -100 kN for span 4
Fx = 50 kN at x = 18m: Ng = -50 kN for span 3
Fx = 50 kN at x = 12m: Ng = -100 kN for span 2
Fx = -70 kN at x = 6m: Ng = -30 kN for span 1
277
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
278
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Reference solution
279
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The "Mu limit" method must be applied in order to achieve the same results.
280
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
281
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.84 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Linear element in simple bending - without compressed
reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91)
1.84.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a concrete beam with 8 isostatic spans subjected to uniform loads.
Units
Forces: kN
Moment: kN.m
Stresses: MPa
2
Reinforcement density: cm
Geometry
Beam dimensions: 0.2 x 0.5 ht
Length: l = 42 m in 7 spans of 6m,
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 20000 MPa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Hinged at end x = 0,
Vertical support at the same level with all other supports
Inner: Hinge z at each beam end (isostatic)
Loading
External:
Case 1 (DL):uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (on all spans except 8)
Case 9 (ACC): uniform linear load a = -25 kN/m (on 8th span)
282
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Reference solution
Span 1 Span 2 Span 3 Span 4 Span 5 Span 6 Span 7 Span 8
fc28 20 35 50 25 60 30 40 45
ft28 1.8 2.7 3.6 2.1 4.2 2.4 3 3.3
fe 500 235 400 500 500 235 500 500
teta 1 0.9 0.85 1 1 1 1 0.85
gamb 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.15
gams 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1
h 1.6 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1 1.6 1.6
283
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Reference
The "Mu limit" method must be applied to attain the same results.
284
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
285
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.85 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-
0208SSLLG_BAEL91)
1.85.1 Description
Verifies the displacements, bending moments and reinforcement results for a 2D concrete slab with supports and
punctual loads.
1.85.2 Background
286
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Slab geometry
Support positions
287
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
288
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Load Combinations
Code Numbers Type Title
BAGMAX 1 Static Permanent loads + self weight
BAQ 2 Static Usage overloads
BAELS 101 Comb_Lin Gmax+Q
BAELU 102 Comb_Lin 1.35Gmax+1.5Q
289
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Main hypothesis
Top and bottom concrete covers: 3 cm
Slightly dangerous cracking
Concrete B25 => Fc28= 25 MPa
Reinforcement calculation according to Wood method.
Calculation starting from non averaged forces.
290
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Axi reinforcements
Ayi reinforcements
291
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Axs reinforcements
Ays reinforcements
292
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
These values are obtained from the maximum values from the mesh.
293
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.86.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on the free extremity of a cantilever rectangular plate fixed on one side. The plate is
1 m long, subjected to a uniform planar load.
1.86.2 Background
Units
S.I.
Geometry
Thickness: e = 0.005 m,
Length: l = 1 m,
Width: b = 0.1 m.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.3.
294
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,
Inner: None.
Loadings
External: Uniform load p = -1700 Pa on the upper surface,
Internal: None.
Reference solution
The reference displacement is calculated for the unsupported end located at x = 1m.
bl4p 0.1 x 14 x 1700
u = 8EI = 0.1 x 0.0053 = -9.71 cm
z 11
8 x 2.1 x 10 x 12
Deformed shape
295
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
296
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.87.1 Description
Verifies the tension force on a beam reinforced by a system of hinged bars, subjected to a uniform linear load.
1.87.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length:
AD = FB = a = 2 m,
DF = CE = b = 4 m,
CD = EF = c = 0.6 m,
AC = EB = d = 2.088 m,
Total length: L = 8 m,
AD, DF, FB Beams:
Section: A = 0.01516 m2,
Shear area: Ar = A / 2.5,
297
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Isotropic linear elastic material,
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,
Shearing module: G = 0.4x E.
Boundary conditions
Outer: Hinged in A, support connection in B (blocked vertical translation),
Inner: Hinged at bar ends: AC, CD, EF, EB.
Loading
External: Uniform linear load p = -50000 N/ml,
Internal: Shortening of the CE tie of = 6.52 x 10-3 m (dilatation coefficient: CE = 1 x 10-5 /C and temperature
variation T = -163C).
Reference solution
The solution is established by considering the deformation effects due to the shear force and normal force:
4 a
=1-3 xL
A
k = A = 2.5
r
I
t= EA A
A AE
= (L/c)2 x (1+ (A/A1) x (b/L) + 2 x (A/A2) x (d/a)2 x (d/L) + 2 x (A/A3) (c/a)2 x (c/L)
2
= k x [(2Et ) / (GaL)]
=++
0 = 1 (a/L)2 x (2 a/L)
0 = 6k x (E/G) x (t/L)2 x (1 + b/L)
0 = 0 + 0
NCE = - (1/12) x (pL2/c) x (0 /) + (EI/(Lc2)) x (/) = 584584 N
298
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Force diagrams
Reference solution
MH = - (1/8) x pL2 x [1- (2/3) x (0/)] (EI/(Lc)) x (/p) = 49249.5 N
299
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Reference solution
The reference displacement vD provided by AFNOR is determined by averaging the results of several software with
implemented finite elements method.
-3
vD = -0.5428 x 10 m
300
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deformed shape
301
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.88.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies for a slender beam with variable section, subjected to its own weight.
1.88.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Beam length: l = 1 m,
Initial section (in A):
Height: h1 = 0.04 m,
Width: b1 = 0.04 m,
Section: A1 = 1.6 x 10-3 m2,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz1 = 2.1333 x 10-7 m4,
Final section (in B):
Height: h2 = 0.01 m,
Width: b2 = 0.01 m,
302
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
3
Density: 7800 kg/m .
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed in A,
Inner: None.
Loading
External: None,
Internal: None.
Reference solutions
Precise calculation by numerical integration of the differential equation of beams bending (Euler-Bernoulli theories):
2 2v 2v
2 (EIz 2 ) = -A where Iz and A vary with the abscissa.
x x x2
A E A A E A A E A
1 h2 E
The result is: fi = 2
2 i l 12
A E A A E AE A AE
1 2 3 4 5
23.289 73.9 165.23 299.7 478.1
303
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
304
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.89.1 Description
A structure consisting of 2 beams and 2 punctual masses, subjected to a lateral earthquake along X. The frequency
modes, the eigen vectors, the participation factors, the displacement at the top of the mast and the forces at the top
of the mast are verified.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Length: L = 35 m,
Outer radius: Rext = 3.00 m
Inner radius: Rint = 2.80 m
2
Axial section: S= 3.644 m
4
Polar inertia: Ip = 30.68 m
4
Bending inertias: Ix =15.34 m
4
Iy = 15.34 m
Masses
M1 =203873.6 kg
M2 =101936.8 kg
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.962 x 1010 N/m2,
Poisson's ratio: = 0.1,
Density: = 25 kN/m3
305
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Outer: Fixed in X = 0, Y = 0 m,
Loading
External: Seismic excitation on X direction
( )
det K M 2 = 0
48EI 16 5
K
5
7L3 2
M1 0
M
0
M2
Eigen modes Units Reference
1 Hz 2.085
2 Hz 10.742
306
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Modal vectors
For 1:
48EI 16 5 M 2 0 U1 U 1
1 1 = 0 1 1 =
7L3 5 2 0 2
M 2 1 U 2 U 2 3.055
For 2:
U 1
2 1 =
U 2 0.655
9.305 10 4 2.01 10 3
1 ; 2
3 1.316 10 3
2.842 10
Modal deformations
307
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Design spectrum
Nominal acceleration:
f1 = 2.085Hz a n = 5.5411m s 2
f 2 = 10.742Hz a n = 6.25 m s 2
Observation: the gap between pulses is greater than 10%, so the modal responses can be regarded as independent.
i = iM
308
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Pseudo-acceleration
i = a i i i in (m/s2)
0 .4
5%
= : Damping correction factor.
: Structure damping.
2.7026 3.7852
1 = 1 =
8.2556 - 2.4783
1.576E 02 8.318E 04
1 = 2 =
4.814E 02 - 5.446E 04
5.510E + 05 7.717E + 05
F1 = F2 =
8.415E + 05 - 2.526E + 05
U1 = ((4.81E 02) 2
+ ( 5.446E 04 )
2
)
Units Reference
m 4.814 E-02
T1 =
((8.415E + 05) 2
+ ( 2.526E + 05 )
2
)
3
3: Being the behavior coefficient of forces
Units Reference
N 2.929 E+05
Units Reference
N.m 1.578 E+07
Reference
309
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
310
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.90.1 Description
Verifies the steel calculation results (displacement at ridge, normal forces, bending moments, deflections, stresses,
buckling lengths, lateral torsional buckling lengths and cross section optimization) for a 2D metallic portal frame,
according to CM66.
1.90.2 Background
Model preview
Combinations
Code Numbers Type Title
CMP 1 Static Permanent load + self weight
CMS 2 Static Usage overloads
CMCFN 101 Comb_Lin 1.333P
CMCFN 102 Comb_Lin 1.333P+1.5S
CMCFN 103 Comb_Lin P+1.5S
CMCD 104 Comb_Lin P+S
311
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
312
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Main hypotheses
For columns
Deflections: 1/150
Envelopes deflections calculation.
Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Ka-Kb Method
Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: no restraints
Lds imposed value: 2 m
Optimization criteria
Work ratio optimization between 90 and 100%
Labels optimization (on Advance Design templates)
313
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deflection verification
Ratio
CM Stress diagrams
Work ratio
Stresses
314
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Buckling lengths
Lfy
Lfz
Ldi
315
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Lds
Optimization
316
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Warning, the local axes in Effel Structure have different orientation in Advance Design.
317
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
318
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.91.1 Description
Verifies the displacement and the normal force for a bar system containing 4 elements of the same length and 2
diagonals.
1.91.2 Background
Units
I. S.
Geometry
L=5m
Section S = 0.005 m2
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Support at node 1 restrained along x and y,
Support at node 2 restrained along x and y,
Inner: None.
319
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
External: Horizontal punctual load P = 50000 N at node 3,
Internal: None.
Displacements
5PL
u3 = u 4 = = 0.001195 m
11ES
PL
v3 = = 0.000238 m
ES
v4 = 0
N normal forces
N12 = 0 N14 = 0
N 23 = P = 50000 N N13 = 2P = 70711 N
N 43 = 0 N 42 = 0
Deformed shape
320
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Normal forces
321
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
322
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.92.1 Description
Verifies the steel calculation results (maximum displacement, normal force, bending moment, deflections, buckling
lengths, lateral-torsional buckling and cross section optimization) for a simple metallic framework with a concrete
floor, according to CM66.
1.92.2 Background
Model preview
323
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
324
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Hypotheses
For columns
Deflections: 1/150
Envelopes deflections calculation.
Buckling XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: hinged restraint
Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint
For rafters
Deflections: 1/200
Envelopes deflections calculation.
Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: no restraint
Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint
For columns
Deflections: 1/150
Envelopes deflections calculation.
Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: hinged restraint
Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint
Optimization parameters
Work ratio optimization between 90 and 100%
All the sections from the library are available.
Labels optimization.
The results of the optimization given below correspond to an iteration of the finite elements calculation.
325
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deflection verification
Ratio
Columns: L / 168
Rafter: L / 96
Column: L / 924
CM Stress diagrams
326
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Work ratio
Stresses
327
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Buckling lengths
Lfy
Lfz
328
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Ldi
Lds
Optimization
329
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Warning, the Mz bending moment of Effel Structure corresponds to the My bending moment of Advance Design.
330
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Warning, the local axes in Effel Structure are opposite to those in Advance Design.
331
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
332
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.93 FEM Results - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P364 Open
Sections Example 2)
1.93.1 Description
The 533x210x92 UKB in S275 beam is fully laterally restrained along its length and pinned supports, includes a UDL
and point load at the centre.
1.93.2 Background
The 533x210x92 UKB in S275 beam is fully laterally restrained along its length and pinned supports, includes a UDL
and point load at the centre.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Depth: h = 533.1 mm
Width: b = 209.3 mm
Flange thickness: = 15.6 mm
Root radius: r = 12.7 mm
Depth between flange fillets: d = 476.5 mm
Second moment of area, y-y axis: = 55200 cm4
Plastic modulus, y-y ax: , = 2360 cm4
Section area: A = 117 cm2
333
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
For buildings that will be built in the UK, the nominal values of the yield strength (fy) and the ultimate strength (fu) for
structural steel should be those obtained from the product standard. Where a range is given, the lowest nominal
value should be used.
For S275 steel and t 16 mm
Yield strength: = = 275 /2
/3
, = , =
0
is the shear area and is determined as follows for rolled I and H sections with the load applied parallel to the web.
= 2 + ( + 2) = 117 102 (2 209.3 15.6) + 15.6 (10.1 + (2 12.7)) = 7187.5 2
= 1.0 5.109 10.1 = 5069.2 2
Therefore,
= 5723.6 2
The design plastic shear resistance is:
/3 5723.6 275/3
, = = 103 = 909 kN
0 1.0
Maximum design shear = 269.5
269.5
= = 0.30 < 1.0
, 909
Therefore the shear resistance of the section is adequate.
334
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.94 Verifying results of a steel beam subjected to dynamic temporal loadings (TTAD #14586)
1.94.1 Description
Verifies a double-end fixed steel beam subjected to harmonic concentrated loadings.
2 Hz and 3 Hz excitation frequencies are studied.
1.94.2 Background
The harmonic response of a steel beam fixed at both ends is studied. The beam contains 8 elements having the
same length and identical characteristics. Harmonic concentrated loadings (a vertical load and a bending moment)
are applied in the middle of the beam. Two excitation frequencies are studied: 2.0 and 3.0 Hz.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Beam length: L = 16 m,
Square shaped cross section: b = 0.05 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.06 m ,
Flexion inertia moment about the y (or z) axis: I = 0.0001 m4.
Materials properties
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
Poisson coefficient: = 0.3,
Density: = 7850 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
Outer:
Fixed support at start point (x = 0),
Fixed support at end point (x = 16.00).
335
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Inner: None.
Loading
External:
Point load at x=8: P = Fz = -50 000 sin (2 f t) N
Bending moment at x=8: M = My = 10000 sin (2 f t) Nm
Internal: None.
Reference solution
Considering a natural frequency (modal) analysis for a double-end fixed beam, the first four natural frequencies can
be determined using the following formula:
n2 EI
fn =
2 L2 A
The modal response is determined considering 14 modes.
The first four mode shapes and their frequencies are:
12 = 22.37 f1 = 2.937 Hz
22 = 61.67 f2 = 8.095 Hz
32 = 120.9 f3 = 15.871 Hz
42 = 199.8 f4 = 26.228 Hz
The vertical reference displacement is calculated in the middle of the beam at x = 8 m.
336
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
337
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Deformed D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam (3 Hz) [m] 2.266 m
338
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.95 Checks the bending moments in the central node of a steel frame with two beams having a
rotational stiffness of 42590 kN/m.
1.95.1 Description
ECCS-Manual Design of Steel Structures to EC3(2010) L.S da Silva, R Simoes H Gervasio.(page 79-Example 2.2),
point a.
It checks the bending moments in the central node of a steel frame with two beams having a rotational stiffness of
42590 kN/m.
1.96 Verifying a simply supported concrete slab subjected to temperature variation between top
and bottom fibers
1.96.1 Description
Verifies a simply supported concrete slab subjected to a variation of temperature (8 Celsius degrees outside and 22
Celsius degrees inside).
In this project, global Z axis is oriented downwards.
1.97.1 Description
This test is veryfing if the symetryc steel cross-sections are pushed correctly into the CM2 engine with the inversed
cross-sections characteristics.
Unitl 2015, version SP0, it seems that, even the cross-sections characteristics were inversed in the properties list,
they were not pushed correctly into the CM2. So, the results on a Symetric cross section (eg. IPE300S) are the same
with the results on IPE300.
OBSERVATION:
This test should have Passed status, starting with 2015SP1
1.98 Temperature load: SD frame with elements under tempertature gradient, applied on separate
systems
1.98.1 Description
The purpose of this test is check the displacements values of a node (hinge node) on a Static determined frame.
All 3 linear elements are subjected to a load from a temperature applies with different gradient values.
All 3 temperature load cases are applied on each element, using the List option from the temperature load case.
339
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.99 Verifying displacements of a prestressed cable structure with results presented in Tibert,
1999.
1.99.1 Description
The model contains 12 prestressed cable elements subjected to a small uniform self-weight and concentrated loads
at each cable intersection point.
Note that the cable net is not in equilibrium under its assumed initial configuration.
The displacement at the cable intersection points under the four point loads is compared with results presented in
Tibert, 1999.
1.100 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1 - France: Verifying the level mass center (TTAD #11573, TTAD #12315)
1.100.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with two planar concrete elements with a linear support. Verifies
the level mass center and generates the "Excited total masses" and "Level modal mass and rigidity centers" reports.
The model consists of two planar concrete elements with a linear fixed support. The loads applied on the model are:
self weight, a planar live load of -1 kN and seism loads according to French standards of Eurocodes 8.
1.101.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a complex model with concrete, steel and timber elements. Verifies the
Sxx results on beams. Generates the maximum stresses report.
The structure has 40 timber linear elements, 24 concrete linear elements, 143 steel elements. The loads applied on
the structure: dead loads, live loads, snow loads, wind loads and temperature loads (according to Eurocodes).
1.102.1 Description
Verifies forces results on concrete beams consisting of a linear element and on beams consisting of two linear
elements. Generates the linear elements forces by load case report.
340
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.103.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a complex concrete structure with four levels. Generates results for
Torsors NZ/Group. Verifies the legend results.
The structure has 88 linear elements, 30 planar elements, 48 windwalls, etc.
1.104.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the results diagrams for Mf torsors on a high wall divided in 6
walls (by height).
The loads applied on the model: self weight, two live load cases and seism loads according to Eurocodes 8.
1.105 Generating planar efforts before and after selecting a saved view (TTAD #11849)
1.105.1 Description
Generates efforts for all planar elements before and after selecting the third saved view.
1.106 Verifying stresses in beam with "extend into wall" property (TTAD #11680)
1.106.1 Description
Verifies the results on two concrete beams which have the "Extend into the wall" option enabled. One of the beams is
connected to 2 walls on both sides and one with a wall and a pole. Generates the linear elements forces by elements
report.
1.107 Verifying forces for triangular meshing on planar element (TTAD #11723)
1.107.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation, verifies the forces for triangular meshing on a planar element and generates
a report for planar elements forces by load case.
The planar element is a square shell (5 m) with a thickness of 20 cm, C20/25 material with a linear rigid support. A
linear load of -10.00 kN is applied on FZ direction.
341
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.108 Verifying constraints for triangular mesh on planar elements (TTAD #11447)
1.108.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation, verifies the stresses for triangular mesh on a planar element and generates
a report for planar elements stresses in neutral fiber.
The planar element is 20 cm thick, C20/25 material with a linear rigid support. A linear load of 30.00 kN is applied on
FX direction.
1.109 Verifying the displacement results on linear elements for vertical seism (TTAD #11756)
1.109.1 Description
Verifies the displacements results on an inclined steel bar for vertical seism according to Eurocodes 8 localization
and generates the corresponding report.
The steel bar has a rigid support and IPE100 cross section and is subjected to self weight and seism load on Z
direction (vertical).
1.110 Verifying diagrams after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view (TTAD
#11854)
1.110.1 Description
Verifies the results diagrams display after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view.
1.111.1 Description
Verifies the behavior of supports with several rigidities fields defined.
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (concrete B20, R20*30 cross section) with a rigid punctual support at
the base and a T/C punctual support at the top. A value of 15000.00 kN/m is defined for the KTX and KTZ stiffeners
of the T/C support. Two loads of 500.00 kN are applied.
342
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.112.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the punctual supports report, containing the following tables:
"Displacements of point supports by load case", "Displacements of point supports by element", "Point support actions
by load case", "Point support actions by element" and "Sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints".
The structure consists of concrete, steel and timber linear elements with punctual supports.
1.113.1 Description
Generates a report with the torsors per level results.
1.114 Verifying nonlinear analysis results for frames with semi-rigid joints and rigid joints (TTAD
#11495)
1.114.1 Description
Verifies the nonlinear analysis results for two frames with one level. One of the frames has semi-rigid joints and the
other has rigid joints.
1.115 Verifying the main axes results on a planar element (TTAD #11725)
1.115.1 Description
Verifies the main axes results on a planar element.
Performs the finite elements calculation for a concrete wall (20 cm thick) with a linear support. Displays the forces
results on the planar element main axes.
343
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.116.1 Description
Verifies the supports behavior when the rigidity has a high value.
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (concrete B20, R20*30 cross section) with a rigid punctual support at
the base and a T/C punctual support at the top. A large value of the KTX stiffener of the T/C support is defined. Two
loads of 500.00 kN are applied.
1.117 Verifying the display of the forces results on planar supports (TTAD #11728)
1.117.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the display of the forces results on a planar support. The model
consists of a concrete vertical element with a planar support.
1.118 Calculating torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal
force (TTAD #13175)
1.118.1 Description
Calculates torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal force.
1.119 Verifying torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces
1.119.1 Description
Verifies torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces
1.120 Verifying forces on a linear elastic support which is defined in a user workplane (TTAD
#11929)
1.120.1 Description
Verifies forces on a linear elastic support, which is defined in a user workplane, and generates a report with forces for
linear support in global and local workplane.
344
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.121 Verifying the internal forces results for a simple supported steel beam
1.121.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation for a horizontal element (S235 material and IPE180 cross section) with two
hinge rigid supports at each end. One of the supports has translation restraints on X, Y and Z, the other support has
restraints on Y and Z.
Verifies the internal forces My, Fz.
Validated according to:
Example: 3.1 - Simple beam bending without the stability loss
Publication: Steel structures members - Examples according to Eurocodes
By: F. Wald a kol.
345
2 CAD, rendering and visualization
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2.1 Verifying the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made (TTAD #14825)
2.1.1 Description
Verifies the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.
2.2.1 Description
Verifies the default view to be the top view. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.
2.3 Verifying the saved view of elements with annotations. (TTAD #13033)
2.3.1 Description
Verifies the saved view of elements with annotations. It makes saved views and takes printscreens of them after
switching between them.
2.4 Verifying the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs (TTAD #13891)
2.4.1 Description
Verifies the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs by taking a printscreen.
348
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2.5.1 Description
Verifies annotations of a wind generated load. It generates wind on the current 2 slope building( the remarks are
filled) then hides all the elements, makes visible only the load with identifier 1 and takes a printscreen.
2.6 Verifying the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made
(TTAD #12807)
2.6.1 Description
Verifies the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made. It takes a printscreen of
the loaded saved view.
2.7.1 Description
Verifies the annotation of a variable surface load. It takes a printscreen in descriptive model.
2.8.1 Description
Verifies the hide/show elements command for the whole structure using the right-click option.
2.9.1 Description
Verifies the grid text position from different views.
2.10 System stability during section cut results verification (TTAD #11752)
2.10.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the section cut results on a concrete planar element with an
opening.
349
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2.11.1 Description
Verifies the grid text position from different views.
2.12.1 Description
Generates combinations for three types of loads: live loads, dead loads and snow (with an altitude > 1000 m and
base effect); generates the combinations description report.
2.13.1 Description
Verifies the coordinates system symbol display from different views.
2.14.1 Description
Generates the finite elements calculation on a complex concrete structure (C35/45 material). Verifies the descriptive
actors after creating the analysis.
The structure consists of 42 linear elements, 303 planar elements, 202 supports, etc. 370 planar loads are applied:
live loads, dead loads and temperature.
2.15.1 Description
Verifies the camera creation and visibility.
2.16.1 Description
Creates a circle.
350
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2.17.1 Description
Changes the local axes of a section cut in the descriptive model and verifies if the local axes are kept in analysis
model.
2.18 Verifying the snap points behavior during modeling (TTAD #11458)
2.18.1 Description
Verifies the snap points behavior when the "Allowed deformation" function is enabled (stretch points) and when it is
disabled (grip points).
2.19 Verifying the representation of elements with HEA cross section (TTAD #11328)
2.19.1 Description
Verifies the representation of elements with HEA340 cross section.
2.20 Verifying the display of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11486)
2.20.1 Description
Creates an element with compound cross section (CS1 IPE400 IPE240) and verifies the cross section display.
2.21 Verifying holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height (TTAD #11490)
2.21.1 Description
Verifies holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height.
2.22.1 Description
Enables the "tracking" snap mode to model structure elements.
351
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2.23 Verifying the descriptive model display after post processing results in analysis mode (TTAD
#11475)
2.23.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and displays the forces results on linear elements. Returns to the model
mode to verify the descriptive model display.
2.24 Moving a linear element along with the support (TTAD #12110)
2.24.1 Description
Moves a linear element along with the element support, after selecting both elements.
2.25 Verifying the "ghost display on selection" function for saved views (TTAD #12054)
2.25.1 Description
Verifies the display of saved views which contain elements with the "ghost on selection" function enabled.
2.26 Verifying the "ghost" display after changing the display colors (TTAD #12064)
2.26.1 Description
Verifies the "ghost" display on selected elements after changing the element display color.
2.27.1 Description
Verifies the on/off function for the "ghost" rendering mode when the workplane display is disabled.
2.28.1 Description
Verifies the "fixed load scale" function.
352
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2.29.1 Description
Verifies the modeling of steel connections.
2.30 Verifying the dividing of planar elements which contain openings (TTAD #12229)
2.30.1 Description
Verifies the dividing of planar elements which contain openings.
2.31 Verifying the display of punctual loads after changing the load case number (TTAD #11958)
2.31.1 Description
Creates a punctual load and verifies the display of the load after placing it in another load case using the load case
number from the properties window.
2.32.1 Description
Verifies the display of a beam with haunches, in the "Linear contour" rendering mode.
2.33 Verifying the program behavior when trying to create lintel (TTAD #12062)
2.33.1 Description
Verifies the program behavior when trying to create lintel on a planar element with an inappropriate opening.
2.34 Verifying the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model with overlapped loads
(TTAD #11837)
2.34.1 Description
Verifies the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model that had overlapped loads.
353
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2.35 Creating base plate connections for non-vertical columns (TTAD #12170)
2.35.1 Description
Creates a base plate connection on a non-vertical column.
2.36.1 Description
Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)
2.37 Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint (TTAD #12592)
2.37.1 Description
Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint at one end (TTAD #12592)
2.38.1 Description
Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700)
2.39.1 Description
Verifies the saved view of elements by cross-section. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.
354
3 Climatic generator
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.1 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof
compounds with different height (TTAD 13159)
3.1.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is higher than the other and the slopes have opposite sign. Exceptional snow
falls and accumulations are checked.
3.2 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof
compounds with different height (TTAD 13158)
3.2.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is higher than the other and the slopes have opposite sign. The model is
reversed in comparison with the one from 6187 and has only the exceptional snow fall is checked.
3.3 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an multibay
canopy roof (DEV2013#4.3)
3.3.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and a multibay canopy
roof.
3.4 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets.
(TTAD #14578)
3.4.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets on Y+/- sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
356
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.5 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Czech Republic: Snow load generation on building with 2 slopes >
60 degrees (TTAD #14235)
3.5.1 Description
Generates snow load on building with 2 slopes > 60 degrees, according to the Eurocodes 1 - Czech standard.
3.6 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope
building (TTAD #13663)
3.6.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.7 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a custom multiple slope building
(TTAD #14285)
3.7.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.8 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one
lateral parapet (TTAD #14530)
3.8.1 Description
Generates 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.9 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets
(TTAD #14179)
3.9.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
357
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.10 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on multibay canopies (TTAD #11668)
3.10.1 Description
Generates wind loads on multibay canopies, according to the Eurocodes 1 France.
3.11 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with parapets.
(TTAD #13671)
3.11.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.12 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow load generation on compound with a double-roof
volume close to a single-roof volume (TTAD #13559)
3.12.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a metal based compound with a double-roof volume close to a single-roof volume
according to the Eurocodes 1 France.
3.13 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD
#12823)
3.13.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 slope building according to the Eurocodes 1 France standard using auto CsCd values
and CsCd min to 0.7.
3.14 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a canopy. (TTAD #13855)
3.14.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a canopy, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) only for
selected wind directions.
358
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.15 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 35m high structure with CsCd
min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15. (TTAD #11196)
3.15.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the roof a 35m high structure, according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-
4/NA) with CsCd min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.
3.16 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a single-roof volume compound
with parapets. (TTAD #13672)
3.16.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.17 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a shed with parapets. (TTAD
#12494)
3.17.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model which contains 4 slopes with lateral parapets on X+/- direction, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies also the valley accumulation.
3.18 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a shed with gutters building.
(TTAD #13856)
3.18.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies also the valley accumulation.
359
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.19.1 Description
Generates wind on a protruding canopy according to NV2009 - French climatic standards.
3.20 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof
compounds with parapets (TTAD #13992)
3.20.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds with parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is much higher than the other and has the slope < 15
degrees causing the drifted snow to dissipate.
3.21 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame.
(TTAD #13169)
3.21.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-3/NA).
3.22 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof
compounds (TTAD #13286)
3.22.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies the normal and accidental snow loads on Y+/- wind directions.
3.23 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with parapets.
(TTAD #13669)
3.23.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
360
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.24 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased
height. (TTAD #13759)
3.24.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height to 26m, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.25 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Snow load generation on a 3 compound building (TTAD
#13930s)
3.25.1 Description
Generates snow load generation on a 3 compound building according to the Eurocodes 1 Romanian standard (CR 1-
1-3/2012). 2 compounds are double sloped and one is single sloped. It also verifies parapet and valley
accumulations.
3.26 EC1 / CR 1-1-4/2012 - Romania: Wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD
#13930w)
3.26.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 compound building according to the Eurocodes 1 Romanian standard (CR 1-1-4/2012)
using auto CsCd values and CsCd min to 0.7. 2 compounds are double sloped and one is single sloped.
3.27 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with custom
pressure values. (TTAD #14004)
3.27.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
It verifies the accidental accumulation from exceptional drifted snow when other region is selected.
3.28 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters
and lateral parapets (TTAD #14005)
3.28.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
361
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.29 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters.
(TTAD #12808)
3.29.1 Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN
1991-1-3/NA).
3.30 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on two side by side buildings with
gutters (TTAD #12806)
3.30.1 Description
Generates snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.31 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters.
(TTAD #12835)
3.31.1 Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. The lower building is longer. The wind loads are generated
according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.32 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building.
(TTAD #12719)
3.32.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies snow fall from higher to lower close building.
3.33 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters.
(TTAD #12841)
3.33.1 Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. The lower building is longer and has a 4 slope shed and the
higher building has a 2 slope roof. The snow loads are generated according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
362
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.34 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters
and parapets. (TTAD #12878)
3.34.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes
1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.35 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on a high building with double slope
roof using different parameters defined per directions (DEV2013#4.2)
3.35.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 FR standard using
different parameters defined per directions.
The structure is 22m high, has 4 columns and 7 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and a double slope roof.
3.36 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on a high building with a horizontal
roof using different CsCd values for each direction (DEV2013#4.4)
3.36.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 France standard using
different CsCd values for each direction : X+ auto; X- imposed to 0.9; Y+ auto and Y- no.
The structure is 35m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and a horizontal roof.
3.37 EC1 / BS EN 1991-1-4 - United Kingdom: Wind load generation on a high building with
horizontal roof (DEV2013#4.1) (TTAD #12608)
3.37.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the BS EN 1991-1-4:2005 standard.
The structure is 63m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and horizontal roof.
363
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.38 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof
with double slope (DEV2013#4.3)
3.38.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. The obstruction is
different for each direction: X+ 1; X- 0.9; Y+ 0.8 and Y- 0.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof
with double slope.
3.39 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof
with one slope (DEV2013#4.3)
3.39.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. The obstruction is
different for each direction: X+ 1; X- 0; Y+ 0.8 and Y- 1.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof
with one slope.
3.40 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a single slope with lateral
parapets (TTAD #12606)
3.40.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.41 NV2009 - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height (TTAD
#12604)
3.41.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height, according to the French standard (NV2009).
364
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.42 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building
(TTAD #12716)
3.42.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters and lateral parapets, according
to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It also verifies snow fall from higher to lower close
building.
3.43 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a square based lattice structure
with compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (TTAD #12744)
3.43.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a square based lattice structure with compound profiles, using automatic calculation of
"n" - eigen mode frequency. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards (NF EN
1991-1-4/NA).
3.44 EC1 / BS EN 1991-1-4 - United Kingdom: Generating wind loads on a square based structure
(TTAD #12608)
3.44.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a square based structure. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - UK
standards (BS EN 1991-1-4:2005).
3.45 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters
(TTAD #12528)
3.45.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters on each slope and middle parapets, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
365
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.46 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters
(TTAD #12528)
3.46.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters on each slope and lateral parapets, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.47 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with
parapets (TTAD #11111)
3.47.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). The third slope is an extension of the roof with a different angle.
3.48 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Verifying the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed
(TTAD #12233)
3.48.1 Description
Verifies the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 -
French standard.
3.49 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Verifying the wind loads generated on a building with
protruding roof (TTAD #12071, #12278)
3.49.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with protruding roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard. Verifies the wind loads from both directions and generates the "Description of climatic loads" report.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R2*3 cross section and B20 material) and rigid supports.
3.50 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT :
3.4 - Snow - Example A)
3.50.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-3/NA)
366
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.51 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT :
3.3 - Wind - Example C)
3.51.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-4/NA).
3.52 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope
roof (VT : 3.2 - Wind - Example B)
3.52.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.53 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with
compound profiles and user defined "n" (TTAD #12276)
3.53.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles using user defined "n" - eigen
mode frequency - (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276).
3.54 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT :
3.1 - Wind - Example A)
3.54.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-4/NA).
3.55 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a triangular based lattice
structure with compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (TTAD #12276)
3.55.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles, using automatic calculation
of "n" - eigen mode frequency (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA). The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 -
French standards.
367
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.56 NV2009 - France: Verifying wind and snow reports for a protruding roof (TTAD #11318)
3.56.1 Description
Generates wind loads and snow loads according to NV2009 - French climatic standards. Verifies wind and snow
reports for a protruding roof.
3.57 EC1 / SR EN 1991-1-4/NB - Romania: Generating the description of climatic loads report (TTAD
#11688)
3.57.1 Description
Generates the "Description of climatic loads" report according to EC1 Romanian standards.
The model consists of a steel portal frame with rigid fixed supports. Haunches are defined at both ends of the beams.
Dead loads and SR EN 1991-1-4/NB wind loads are generated.
3.58 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11570)
3.58.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross
section (R20*30).
3.59 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with
roof thickness greater than the parapet height (TTAD #11943)
3.59.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof thickness greater than the parapet height, according to
Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.
368
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.60 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2
fully opened windwalls (TTAD #11937)
3.60.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully opened windwalls, according to the Eurocodes 1
French standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with rigid fixed supports.
3.61 EC1 / CR 1-1-4/2012 - Romania: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11687)
3.61.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports.
3.62 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11569)
3.62.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross
section (R20*30).
3.63 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11699)
3.63.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame according to Eurocodes 1 French standards, using the "Case 1"
formula for calculating the turbulence factor.
The structure consists of steel elements with hinge rigid supports.
369
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.64 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11531)
3.64.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 French standards -
Martinique wind speed.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross
section (R20*30).
3.65 NV2009 - France: Generating wind loads and snow loads on a simple structure with planar
support (TTAD #11380)
3.65.1 Description
Generates wind loads and snow loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with a planar support, according to
NV2009 French standards.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).
3.66 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Verifying the snow loads generated on a monopitch frame
(TTAD #11302)
3.66.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a monopitch frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and B20 material) with rigid fixed supports.
3.67 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on two side by side roofs with
different heights (DEV2012 #3.13)
3.67.1 Description
Generates snow loads on two side by side roofs with different heights, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.
370
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.68 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating wind loads on a 55m high structure
(DEV2012 #3.12)
3.68.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 55m high structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.
3.69 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on monopitch multispan roofs
(DEV2012 #3.13)
3.69.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a monopitch multispan roofs structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German
standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.
3.70 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with
gutter (TTAD #11113)
3.70.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter, according to Eurocodes 1. The
structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports.
3.71 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on duopitch multispan roofs
(DEV2012 #3.13)
3.71.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of duopitch multispan roofs structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German
standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.
371
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.72 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-4/NA - Czech Republic: Generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal
frame (DEV2012 #3.18)
3.72.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a double slope 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 Czech
standard (CSN EN 1991-1-4).
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).
3.73 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Czech Republic: Generating snow loads on two close roofs with
different heights (DEV2012 #3.18)
3.73.1 Description
Generates snow loads on two close roofs with different heights, according to Eurocodes 1 Czech standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.
3.74 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and parapet
with height reduction (TTAD #11191)
3.74.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and 2 parapets, according to
Eurocodes 1. The height of one parapet is reduced.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.
3.75 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with a roof
which has a small span (< 5m) and a parapet (TTAD #11735)
3.75.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a small span (< 5m) and a
parapet, according to Eurocodes 1.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.
372
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.76 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on simple 3D portal frame with 4 slopes
roof (TTAD #11604)
3.76.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with 4 slopes roof, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has 6 concrete columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with rigid supports and C20/25
concrete walls.
3.77 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame with
a fully opened face (DEV2012 #1.6)
3.77.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), a double slope roof and
a fully opened face.
3.78 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on duopitch multispan roofs with
pitch < 5 degrees (TTAD #11852)
3.78.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a steel structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has steel columns and beams (I cross section and S275 material), rigid hinge supports and multispan
roofs with pitch < 5 degrees.
3.79.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwall of a concrete signboard, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The signboard has concrete elements (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.
373
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.80 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with 2 slopes
roof (TTAD #11932)
3.80.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a concrete structure according to the French Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure has a roof with two slopes, concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).
The columns have rigid supports.
3.81 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof
3.81.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure is 63m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and horizontal roof.
3.82 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a building with multispan roofs
3.82.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with multispan roofs, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.
3.83 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a simple 3D structure with horizontal
roof
3.83.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and horizontal roof.
3.84 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - 2D Climatic generator on a portal frame with big slopes
3.84.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to check the 2D climatic generator for the snow actions.
The model consisist in a 2D portal frame with 2 slopes: 45degrees & bigger than 60degrees.
374
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.85 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on an isolated roof with two slopes
(TTAD #11695)
3.85.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof with
two slopes.
3.86 NTC 2008: Wind load generation on a double slope 3D portal frame (DEV2015#6) (TTAD
#15660)
3.86.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a double slope 3D portal frame, according to the NTC 2008 standard.
3.87 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a simple 3D portal frame with 2 slopes
roof (TTAD #11602)
3.87.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with 2 slopes roof, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.
3.88 NF EN 1991-1-4/NA: Wind generation on a 2 slope building with one awning (TTAD #13999)
3.88.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with one awning, Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.89 NTC 2008: Wind and snow load generation on a one slope compound next to a higher single
slope compound (DEV2015#6) (TTAD #15425)
3.89.1 Description
Generates wind and snow loads on the windwalls of one slope compound next to a higher single slope compound,
according to the NTC 2008 standard.
375
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.90.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to check the value of the snow loads generated on a flat roof.
The adjacent roof has a slobe biger than 15degrees, which means that the us has 50% from
the bigger shape coefficient of the adjacent roof.
3.91 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating wind loads on an antenna tower (TTAD
#15493)
3.91.1 Description
Generates wind loads on an antenna tower, according to the DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA standard.
3.92 NF EN 1991-1-3/NA: Snow generation on a slope compound next to a higher single slope
compound (TTAD #15923)
3.92.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a slope compound next to a higher single slope compound, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.93.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to check the snow loads values generated on a multiple roof.
OBSERVATION:
On v.2015 the shape coefficient value has a wrong value.
376
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.94.1 Description
This test allows to evaluate the windloads generated automatically on a signboard.
The model contains a windwall defined as a signboards.
Loads are generated according with CR 1-1-4/2012.
The values are checked with a text refference file which represents the loads description by case.
3.95 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal (TTAD
#14531)
3.95.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.96 NTC 2008: Wind load generation on a higher double slope 3D portal frame (DEV2015#6) (TTAD
#15698)
3.96.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a higher double slope 3D portal frame, according to the NTC 2008 standard.
3.97 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Snow loads values generated on a symetrical duo-pitch roof
3.97.1 Description
This automatic test purpose is to check the values of the snow loads which are generated automatically, according
with CR 1-1-3/2012, on a symetrical duo-pitch roof.
3.98 CR1-1-4/2012 - Romania - The wind load position for cannopy roofs, one slope (TTAD #16230)
3.98.1 Description
This test verifies the loads position, generated by the wind generator, according with CR 1-1-4/2012, for a single
slope cannopy roof.
In version 2015 SP0, the loads are not place corectly as the d distance (from the d/4) formula, is considered the
projected lenght.
The d - distance should be the full lenght of the cannopy roof.
377
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.99 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees
(TTAD #15307)
3.99.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN
1991-1-4/NA).
3.100 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a multiple roof portal (TTAD
#15140)
3.100.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a one slope compound next to a higher double slope compound, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.101 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building
one higher that the other (TTAD #13320)
3.101.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher that the other, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.102 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal
(TTAD #14975)
3.102.1 Description
Verifies the generation of 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal.
3.103 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof (TTAD
#14985)
3.103.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-
4/NA). The depth for one slope is set to 20m and for the other to 40m.
378
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.104 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA + NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D wind and snow loads
on a 2 opposite slopes portal with Z down axis (TTAD #15094)
3.104.1 Description
Generates 2D wind and snow loads on a 2 opposite slopes portal, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA / 1991-1-3/NA), with Z down axis.
3.105 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA + NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D wind and snow loads
on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound (TTAD #15047)
3.105.1 Description
Generates 2D wind and snow loads on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA / 1991-1-3/NA).
3.106 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3 compound building (TTAD
#12883)
3.106.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 compound building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-
4/NA).
3.107 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an
opening (TTAD #15328)
3.107.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
379
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.108.1 Description
Generates snow forces on a flat roof with gutter accumulation according to Eurocode 1 - French standards (NF EN
1991-1-3/NA).
3.108.2 Background
Snow generation on a flat roof with gutter accumulation
Ensures the gutter accumulations are applied on the whole roof.
Units
Metric SystemReference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement and the crack width
380
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Altitude : 200m
No altitude effect.
S1 = 0
Exposure factor: 1
Thermal factor: 1
Gutter accumulation: an extra 0.2kN/m is taken into account on the whole flat roof.
Roof slope : 0
1 = 0.8
Normal snow:
S = 1 S k + 0.20 = 0.8 0.45 + 0.20 = 0.56kN / m
Accidental snow:
S Ad = 1 S Ad + 0.20 = 0.8 1 + 0.20 = 1kN / m
The punctual support from the model gets its load from a 10m x 5m windwall.
Forces on support should be:
381
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
382
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3.109 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow load generation on double compound with gutters
and parapets on all sides (TTAD #13717)
3.109.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a metal based double compound with gutters and parapets on all sides, according to the
Eurocodes 1 France. One compound is a double-roof volume and the second is a single-roof volume with the same
slope as the one it is next to.
3.110 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with horizontal
roof and gutter (TTAD #11113)
3.110.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and gutter, according to Eurocodes
1.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.
383
4 Combinations
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
4.1 EC0 / NF EN 1990 - France: Generating the concomitance matrix after adding a new dead load
case (TTAD #11361)
4.1.1 Description
Creates a new dead load case, after two case families were created, and generates the concomitance matrix. A
report with the combinations description is generated.
4.2 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with seismic group of loads (TTAD
#11889)
4.2.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with seismic group of loads.
4.3 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating load combinations with unfavorable and
favorable/unfavorable predominant action (TTAD #11357)
4.3.1 Description
Generates load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable predominant action. Predominant action is
a case family with 2 static load cases.
4.4 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.10
(DEV2012 #1.7)
4.4.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E Group (Base)
3 - EX
4 - EY
5 - EZ
Defines the seismic group type as "Quadratic".
Generates the corresponding combinations and the combinations report.
Resets the combination set. Defines the seismic group type as "Newmark".
Generates the corresponding combinations and the combinations report.
386
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
4.5 CR 0-2012 - Romania - Automatic combinations check according with the romanian code
4.5.1 Description
This test checks the automatic generator for combinations accoring with the romanian code, CR 0-2012
4.6.1 Description
Generates a dead load case, two live load cases and a snow load case, defines the concomitance between the
generated load cases and generates the combinations description report.
4.7 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.8
(DEV2012 #1.7)
4.7.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q Group(Base or Acco)
2-Q
3-Q
4-Q
5 - Q (Base or Acco)
6 - Snow (Base or Acco)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
Un-group 2-Q Group to independent 2-Q, 3-Q, 4-Q loads.
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
4.8.1 Description
Generates concomitance between three types of loads applied on a structure (live loads, dead loads and seismic
loads - EN 1998-1), using the quadratic combination function. Generates the combinations description report and the
point support actions by element report.
387
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
4.9 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Defining concomitance rules for two case families (TTAD #11355)
4.9.1 Description
Generates live loads and dead loads on a steel structure. Defines the concomitance rules between the two load case
families and generates the concomitance matrix.
4.10 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating load combinations after changing the load case number
(TTAD #11359)
4.10.1 Description
Generates load combinations with concomitance matrix after changing the load case number. A report with the
combinations description is generated.
4.11 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating combinations for NEWEC8.cbn (TTAD #11431)
4.11.1 Description
Generates combinations for NEWEC8.cbn.
4.12 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating the concomitance matrix after switching back the effect
for live load (TTAD #11806)
4.12.1 Description
Generates the concomitance matrix and the combinations description reports after switching back the effect for live
load.
388
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
4.13 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.9
(DEV2012 #1.7)
4.13.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E Group (Base)
3 - EX
4 - EY
5 - EZ
Un-group 3 - E Group to independent loads : 3 - EX 4 - EY 5 - EZ
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
4.14 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.7
(DEV2012 #1.7)
4.14.1 Description
Creates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
4 - Q (Acco)
5 - Acc (Base)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
389
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
4.15 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.3
(DEV2012 #1.7)
4.15.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
4 - Q (Base or Acco)
4.16 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no. 5
(DEV2012 #1.7)
4.16.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E (Base) - only one seismic load !
4 - Q (Base or Acco)
Set value "0" (exclusive) between seismic and all Q loads (seism only combination).
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
390
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
4.17 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types
(TTAD #11806)
4.17.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types
1-G
2 - Q - Base
3-G
4 - Q -Base or acco
Generates the first set of combinations and the first combinations report.
1-G
2 - Q - Base
3-G
4 - Q -Base
Generates the second set of combinations and the second combinations report.
4.18 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.6
(DEV2012 #1.7)
4.18.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E (Base) - only one seismic load
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
391
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
4.19 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.2
(DEV2012 #1.7)
4.19.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
3 - Q (Base)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
4.20 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.4
(DEV2012 #1.7)
4.20.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base)
3 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
4 - Q (Base)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
4.21 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with Q group of loads (TTAD
#11960)
4.21.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with Q group of loads.
392
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
4.22 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.1
(DEV2010#1.7)
4.22.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - Q (Acco)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
4.23 CSN EN 1990/NA - Czech Republic: Verifying combinations for CZ localization (TTAD #12542)
4.23.1 Description
Verifies simplified combinations for CZ localization.
393
5 Concrete Design
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.1 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam
under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain diagram
5.1.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a simply supported beam under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain
diagram.
Verification is done according to Eurocodes 2 norm with French Annex.
5.2 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam
under a linear load - horizontal level behavior law
5.2.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under self-weight and linear loads - horizontal level behavior
law. The verification is made according to EC2 norm with French Annex.
5.3 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the transverse reinforcement area for a beam
subjected to linear loads
5.3.1 Description
Verifies the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to linear loads. The verification is made according to
EC2 norm with French Annex.
5.4 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam
under a linear load - inclined stress strain behavior law
5.4.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - inclined stress strain behavior law.
Verification is done according to Eurocodes 2 norm with French Annex.
396
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.5 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam
subjected to point loads
5.5.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to point loads (applied at the middle of the beam).
The verification is performed according to EC2 norm with French Annex.
5.6 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the minimum reinforcement area for a simply
supported beam
5.6.1 Description
Verifies the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported concrete beam subjected to self weight. The
verification is made with Eurocodes 2 - French annex.
5.7 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam
under a linear load
5.7.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load (horizontal level behavior law).
Verification is done with Eurocodes 2 norm French Annex.
5.8 Testing the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis
model (TTAD #14332)
5.8.1 Description
Tests the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis mode and generates the
corresponding report.
397
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.9 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal
concrete bar with rectangular cross section
5.9.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation according to the Eurocodes 2 -
French DAN. Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement and generates the corresponding report: "Longitudinal
reinforcement linear elements".
The model consists of a concrete linear element with rectangular cross section (R18*60) with rigid hinge supports at
both ends and two linear vertical loads: -15.40 kN and -9.00 kN.
5.10 Verifying Aty and Atz for a fixed concrete beam (TTAD #11812)
5.10.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation of a model with a horizontal concrete
beam.
The beam has a R20*50 cross section and two hinge rigid supports.
Verifies Aty and Atz for the fixed concrete beam.
5.11 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying concrete results for linear elements (TTAD
#11556)
5.11.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a horizontal concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the reinforcement and
generates the reinforced concrete analysis report: data and results.
The bar has a rectangular cross section R20*50, a rigid hinge support at one end, a rigid support with translation
restraints on X, Y and Z and rotation restraint on X.
5.12 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement bars for a filled circular column (TTAD #11678)
5.12.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a vertical concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a circular cross section with a radius of 40.00 cm and a rigid hinge support. A vertical punctual load of -
5000.00 kN is applied.
398
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.13 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for linear elements (TTAD #11636)
5.13.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a vertical concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the longitudinal
reinforcement and generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a square cross section of 30.00 cm, a rigid fixed support at the base and a support with translation
restraints on X and Y. A vertical punctual load of -1260.00 kN is applied.
5.14.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement of a concrete column.
5.15 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying concrete results for planar elements (TTAD
#11583)
5.15.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results on planar elements.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforced concrete
analysis report: data and results.
The model consists of two planar elements (C20/25 material) with rigid fixed linear supports. On each element, a
punctual load of 50.00 kN on FX is applied.
5.16 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a fixed beam (TTAD #11836)
5.16.1 Description
Verifies the concrete results on a fixed horizontal beam.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforced concrete
calculation results report.
The beam has a R25*60 cross section, C25/30 material and has a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support
with translation restraints on Y and Z at the other end. A linear dead load (-28.75 kN) and a live load (-50.00 kN) are
applied.
399
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.17 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a fixed linear element (TTAD #11700)
5.17.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the longitudinal
reinforcement and generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a rectangular cross section R40*80, has a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support with
translation restraints on Y and Z. Four loads are applied: a linear dead load of -50.00 kN on FZ, a punctual dead load
of -30.00 kN on FZ, a linear live load of -60.00 kN on FZ and a punctual live load of -25.00 kN on FZ.
5.18 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a structure with 375 load cases combinations
(TTAD #11683)
5.18.1 Description
Verifies the reinforced concrete results for a model with more than 100 load cases combinations.
On a concrete structure, dead loads, self weight, live loads, wind loads (according to NV2009) and accidental loads
are applied. A number of 375 combinations are obtained.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforcement areas
planar elements report.
5.19 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Calculation of a square column in traction (TTAD #11892)
5.19.1 Description
The test is performed on a single column in tension, according to Eurocodes 2.
The column has a section of 20 cm square and a rigid support. A permanent load (traction of 100 kN) and a live load
(40 kN) are applied.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the longitudinal
reinforcement report.
400
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.20 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for an articulated beam (TTAD
#11342)
5.20.1 Description
Verifies the minimum transverse reinforcement area for an articulated horizontal beam.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation and generates the "Transverse
reinforcement linear elements" report.
The beam has a rectangular cross section (R20*50), B25 material and two hinge rigid supports at both ends.
5.21 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA: Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for
articulated beams (TTAD #11342)
5.21.1 Description
Verifies the minimum transverse reinforcement area for two articulated horizontal beams.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation and generates the "Transverse
reinforcement linear elements" report.
Each beam has rectangular cross section (R30*70), B25 material and two hinge rigid supports at both ends.
On each beam there are applied:
- Dead loads: a linear load of -25.00 kN and two punctual loads of -55.00 kN and -65.00 kN
- Live loads: a linear load of -20.00 kN and two punctual loads of -40.00 kN and -35.00 kN.
5.22 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Stresses and cracks verification for a planar element hinged
on all edges
5.22.1 Description
The slab is provided with global ST50C upper reinforcement. For the bottom reinforcement, an area named Area 1
of ST50C is defined on the whole slab surface. Besides these reinforcement areas, supplementary area was
required, therefore, another nine areas were defined, on specific zones of the slab.
During this, stresses in concrete section and steel reinforcement, the maximum crack spacing, difference between
mean strain in reinforcement and in concrete and the crack width were verified.
401
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.23 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the stresses result for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a
uniformly distributed load
5.23.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy for Serviceability State Limit of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to
resist simple bending. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of
compressing stresses in concrete section and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section
5.24.1 Description
This test verifies the punching check results for a slab having imposed global reinforcement.
5.25 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a
uniformly distributed load
5.25.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings are verified for Serviceability State Limit.
5.26 Verifying the bending moments about X and Y axis on a single story concrete core subjected
to horizontal forces and seismic action
5.26.1 Description
Verifies the bending moments about X and Y axis for a single story concrete (C25/30) core subjected to horizontal
forces and seismic action. The walls describing the core are grouped.
5.27 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field beam with rectangular cross section, calculated as a
one span plate
5.27.1 Description
The objective of this test is to calculate the bending moment and the longitudinal reinforcement.
It is an asymmetric, 2-field plate system with one span direction.
402
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.28 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying a square concrete column of a multi-storey structure subjected to
axial compression
5.28.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column for a multi-storey structure subjected to axial compression.
The column is made of concrete C25/30 and the material of the steel reinforcement is B450C.
The verification of the axial force, applied on top, is performed at Ultimate Limit State.
5.29.1 Description
Verifies EC2 deflection of a reinforced concrete slab hinged supported on 2 edges.
Two comparisons are realized:
- A comparison of FE displacement result considering the equivalent beam approach. Concrete C25/30 material (with
the secant modulus of elasticity of concrete) is used for both elements: slab and equivalent beam;
- A comparison of EC2 deflection of the equivalent beam and the slab. Effective modulus of elasticity for concrete
was used - expression 7.20 from EN 1992-1-1 - in determination of EC2 deflection.
The verification is made considering the French Annex of Eurocode 2 (chapter 7.4).
5.30.1 Description
Single beam with a concrete crosssection 100cm wide, 21cm high. Calculating with simple bending.
5.31 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Single beam with rectangular cross section
5.31.1 Description
The objective of this test is to calculate the bending moment, the displacement and the longitudinal reinforcement.
403
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.32 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field planar system with two span direction calculation
based on the Baumann Method
5.32.1 Description
EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 Germany: two field planar system with two span direction calculation based on the Capra Method
The system depends on 2 symmetric fields, the slab edges all have a hinged linear supports. The loads are also
symmetric. The thickness of the slab is about h=12 cm. The test includes the bending moments as well as the
calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement of the field. The concrete design based on the Baumann Method.
5.33 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field planar system with two span direction calculation
based on the Capra Method
5.33.1 Description
The system depends on 2 symmetric fields, the slab edges all have a hinged linear supports. The loads are also
symmetric. The thickness of the slab is about h=12 cm. The test includes the bending moments as well as the
calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement of the field. The concrete design based on the Capra Method.
5.34 Verifying the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching
reinforcement results when Z down axis is selected (TTAD #14963)
5.34.1 Description
Verifies the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement results when
Z down axis is selected.
The model consists in a c25/30 concrete planar element and four concrete columns (with R20/30, IPE400, D40,
L60*20 cross-sections) and is subjected to self weight and 1 live load of -100 KN.
5.35 EC2,EC8 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the capacity design results (DEV2013 #8.3)
5.35.1 Description
Verifies the capacity design results according to Eurocode EC2 and EC8 French standards.
404
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.36 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Column design with Nominal Stiffness method square
section (TTAD #11625)
5.36.1 Description
Verifies and generates the corresponding report for the longitudinal reinforcement bars of a column. The column is
designed with "Nominal stiffness method", with a square cross section (C40).
405
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.37 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular cross section beam made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 1)
5.37.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses will be made along with the determination of the longitudinal
reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
5.37.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.15 m ,
406
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC1
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
fck 25
Concrete C25/30: fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 500
Steel S500 : f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
E cm = 22000 * ck = 22000 * = 31476MPa
10 10
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.83) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Permanent loads:
G=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(15+3.75)+1.5*20=55.31kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml
Load calculations:
55,31 * 5,80
M Ed = = 232,59kN .m
8
38,75 * 5,80
M Ecq = = 162,94kN .m
8
407
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.37.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XC1, and 500Mpa steel resistance, we will consider a moment limit:
Calculating the reduced moment we will consider ULS moment:
fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w
Therefore:
2.56
0.26 * 0.25 * 0.524 = 1.76.10 4 m
A s,min = Max 500 = 1.76cm
0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.524 = 1.70.10 4 m
408
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
409
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
410
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.38.1 Description
Verifies a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram.
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the ULS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The theoretical reinforcement area results
5.38.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
411
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Beam length: 7m
Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.595 m; d=ebz=0.035m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C16/20 and S400B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC1
3
Concrete density: 16kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
f ck 16
Concrete C16/20: f cd = = = 10.67 MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 16 2 / 3 = 1.90MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 400
Steel S400B : f yd = = = 347.8MPa
s 1,15
412
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*352.3+1.5*13=90.105kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=52.3+13=65.3kN/ml
Load calculations:
70.105 * 7
M Ed = = 551.89kNm
8
65.3 * 7
M Ecq = = 399.96kNm
8
5.38.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment
At first, it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:
h 0,10
Mbtu = beff * hf * d f * fcd = 0,9 * 0,10 * 0,595 * 10,67 = 523kNm
2 2
Theoretical section 2:
The moment corresponding to this section is:
hf 0.1
M Ed 2 = (beff bw ) * h f * f cd * d = (0.9 0.18) * 0.1*10.67 * 0595 =
2 2
= 0.418MNm
413
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Theoretical section 1:
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section
[ ] [ ]
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.197 ) = 0.276
z c1 = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.595 * (1 0.40 * 0.276) = 0.529m
M Ed 1 0.133
A1 = = = 7.25cm
z c1 * f yd 0.529 * 347.8
Theoretical section 1:
In conclusion the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=7.25+22.08=29.33cm2
414
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
415
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.39.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State - The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the
ULS load combination, the results of the theoretical reinforcement area, "Az" and the minimum reinforcement
percentage, "Amin".
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
5.39.2 Background
Verifies the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms
the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
416
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Beam length: 6m
Concrete cover: c=4.00 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.900 m; d=ebz=0.04m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C30/37 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC2
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering the inclined stress-strain diagram
Concrete C16/20:
f ck 30
f cd = = = 20 MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 30 2 / 3 = 2.90 MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
417
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Steel S400B :
f yk 500
f yd = = = 434.78 MPa
s 1,15
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*500+1.5*300=1125 kN/m
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=500+300=800 kN/m
Quasi-permanent combination of actions
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=500+0.3*300=590 kN/m
Load calculations:
1125 * 6
MEd = = 5062.5 kNm
8
800 * 6
MEcq = = 3600 kNm
8
590 * 6
MEqp = = 2655 kNm
8
h 0,20
Mbtu = b eff * h f * d f * f cd = 1.40 * 0,20 * 0,9 * 20 = 4.480 * 10 3 kNm
2 2
418
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Theoretical section 2:
The moment corresponding to this section is:
h 0.20
MEd2 = (b eff b w ) * h f * fcd * d f = (1.40 0.40) * 0.20 * 20 * 0.90 =
2 2
= 3.2 * 103 kNm
Stress from the compressed steel reinforcement considering a steel grade S500B:
MEd1 1.863
cu = = = 0.287
b w * d * Fcd 0.40 * 0.9 * 20
[ ]
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 [ (1 2 * 0.287 ) ] = 0.435
Depending of u , the neutral axis position can be established:
1 u 1 0.435
su = * cu2 = * 3.50 = 4.55
u 0.435
Theoretical section 1:
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section
MEd1 = MEd MEd2 = (5.063 3.200) * 103 = 1.863 * 103 kNm
MEd1 1.863
cu = = = 0.287 < lu = 0.372
b w * d * Fcd 0.40 * 0.9 * 20
419
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
For a S500B reinforcement and for a XC2 exposure class, there will be a: cu = 0.287 < lu = 0.372 , therefore there will be
no compressed reinforcement.
There will be a calculation without compressed reinforcement:
[ ] [
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.287 ) ] = 0.435
z c1 = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.9 * (1 0.40 * 0.435) = 0.743m
MEd1 1.863
A1 = = = 57.46cm
z c1 * f yd 0.743 * 436.02
Theoretical section 1:
In conclusion the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=91.74+57.46=149.20cm2
fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w
Therefore:
2.90
0.26 * * 0.40 * 0.90 = 5.42 * 10 4 m
A s,min = max 500 = 5.42 cm
0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.90 = 4.68 * 10 4 m
420
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
421
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.40.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. The
verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
5.40.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses, the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum
reinforcement percentage are performed.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam
Units
Metric System
422
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.65 m,
Width: b = 0.28 m,
Length: L = 6.40 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.182 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 4.5 cm
Effective height: d = h-(0.6*h+ebz) = 0.57m; d = ebz = 0.045 m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C30/37 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD3
Concrete density: 25 kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0 = 28 days
Humidity 50%
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q = 25 + 15 = 40 kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q = 25 + 0.3*15 = 29.5 kN/ml
Load calculations:
( 25 + 15) * 6.40
MEcq = = 205 kNm
8
423
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.40.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient
(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.725MPa
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0
1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not 1 =
and 2 =
fcm fcm
2 Ac 2 * 280 * 650
h0 = = = 195.70mm
u 2 * (280 + 650)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 * 0.984 = 1.78 (, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.78 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.37
0.1 * 195.70
3
424
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Es
e =
Ecm
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
0. 3 0.3
f +8 30 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 32837 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
M Eqp 151
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.37 * = 2.75
M Ecar 205
Es 200000
e = = = 16.76
Ecm 32837
M Eqp 151
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2.37 *
M Ecar 205
Material characteristics:
The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating 1 (position corresponding to the state of
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):
e * c 16.76 *15
1 = = = 0.430
e * c + s 16.76 *18 + 400
Knowing the 1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:
1 x 0.243
Mrb = * b w * x1 * c * d 1 = 0.5 * 0.28 * 0.243 * 18 * 0.570 = 0.297 MNm
2 3 3
Where:
Utile height : d = h (0.06h + ebz) = 0.57 m
The moment resistance Mrb = 297 KNm
Because MEcq = 205kNm < Mrb = 297 kNm the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is correct.
425
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
0.430
Lever arm: z c = d * 1 1 = 0.57 * 1 = 0.485 m
3 3
Mser 0.205
A s1,ser = = = 10.56 cm
zc * s 0.485 * 400
Reinforcement section:
Therefore:
2.896
0.26 * 0.28 * 0.57 = 2.40 * 10 4 m
A s,min = max 500 = 2.40 cm
0.0013 * 0.28 * 0.57 = 2.07 * 10 4 m
426
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
427
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.41.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service Limit State
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the SLS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az and of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
5.41.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
428
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Beam length: 8m
Beam height: h=0.76m
Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.669 m; d=ebz=0.045m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
3
Concrete density: 16kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Concrete: fck = 20MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.
429
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=20+10=30kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=20+0.3*10=23kN/ml
Load calculations:
M ser ,cq =
(20 + 10)* 8 = 240kNm
8
M ser ,qp =
(20 + 0.3 *10)* 8 = 184kNm
8
5.41.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of the creep coefficient
(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 3.17 MPa
f cm 20 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0
1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not 1 = and 2 =
f f
cm cm
In this case = + 8 = 33 f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 28Mpa 35Mpa therefore
1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 318000
h0 = = = 162.24mm
u 3920
50
1
RH = 1+ 100 = 1.92 (, t 0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t 0 ) = 1.92 * 3.17 * 0.488 = 2.97
0.1* 162.24
3
430
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Material characteristics:
For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa
Neutral axis position calculation; Calculation of Mtser:
hf 0,10
d 0,669
s 3 * b * h 2 = 400 * 3 * 1,20 * 0,10 2 = 0,122 MNm
M tser = * eff f
2 *e d hf 43.77 0,669 0,10
M ser = 240kNm > M tser = 122kNm the neutral axes is on the beam body
431
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M ser 0,240
m = = = 3,23MPa
hf 0,10
beff * h f * (d ) 1,20 * 0,10 * (0,669 )
2 2
400
m + s 3,23 + 400
e s 21 .89
c = d * = 0,669 * = 4,96 MPa
h 0 ,10 21 .89
d f
e
0,669
2 2
e * c 21.89 * 4,96
x1 = d= * 0,669 = 14.30cm
e * c + s 21.89 * 4,96 + 400
c 4,96
N c1 = beff * x1 * = 1,20 * 0,1430 * = 0,426 MN
2 2
0,1430
M1 = Nc1 * z c1 = 0,426 * 0,622 = 0,265MN.m and z c1 = 0,669 = 0,622m
3
M1 0,265
As1 = = = 10,65cm
zc1 * s 0,622 * 400
c * x 2 4,96 * 0,0430
c 2 = = = 1,49MPa
x1 0,1430
c 2 1,49
Nc 2 = (beff b w ) * x 2 = (1,20 0,3) * 0,0430 * = 0,029MN
2 2
0,0430
with zc 2 = 0,669 0,10 = 0,555m
3
M2 0,016
A s2 = = = 0,72cm
zc 2 * s 0,555 * 400
432
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min = Max fyk
0.0013 * b * d
w
Therefore:
2.21
0.26 * * 0.30 * 0.669 = 2.31 * 10 4 m
A s,min = max 500 = 2.61cm
0.0013 * 0.30 * 0.669 = 2.61 * 10 4 m
433
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
434
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.42.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the SLS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az and of the minimum reinforcement percentage. This test performs verification for
the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the
absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
5.42.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
435
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Beam length: 8m
Beam height: h=0.67m
Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.585 m; d=ebz=0.045m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Concrete: fck = 20MPa
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.
436
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=40+10=50kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=40+0.3*10=43kN/ml
Load calculations:
M ser,cq =
(40 + 10) * 8 = 400 kNm
8
M ser,qp =
(40 + 0.3 * 10) * 8 = 344 kNm
8
5.42.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient
(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 3.17 MPa
f cm 20 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0
if
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not 1 = and 2 =
f f
cm cm
In this case,
therefore:
1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 *192600
h0 = = = 123mm
u 3140
50
1
RH = 1+ 100 = 2 (, t ) = * ( f ) * (t ) = 2 * 3.17 * 0.488 = 3.11
0 RH cm 0
0.1* 3 123
437
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where:
0.3 0. 3
f +8 20 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 29962MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
MEqp 344
1 + (, t 0 ) * = 1 + 3.11 * = 3.68
MEcar 400
Es 200000
e = = = 24.54
Ecm 29962
M Eqp 344
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 3.11*
M Ecar 400
Material characteristics:
For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa
hf 0,10
d 0,585
s 3 * b * h 2 = 400 * 3 *10.90 * 0,10 2 = 0,083MNm
M tser = * eff f
2 * e d h f 2 * 24.54 0,585 0,10
M ser = 400kNm > M tser = 83kNm the neutral axes is on the beam body
M ser 0,400
m = = = 8.31MPa
hf 0,10
beff * h f * (d ) 0.90 * 0,10 * (0,585 )
2 2
400
m + s 8.31 +
e 24.54 400 = 10.61MPa
c = d *
s
= 0,585 *
h 0,585 0,10 24.54
d f e
2 2
438
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
and
f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w
439
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
2.21
0.26 * * 0.18 * 0.585 = 1.21*10 4 m
As ,min = max 500 = 1.37cm
0.0013 * 0.18 * 0.585 = 1.37 *10 4 m
440
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
441
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.43.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
5.43.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam
Units
Metric System
442
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.15 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.519m; d=ebz=0.045m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0 =28 days
Cracking calculation required
Concrete C25/30:
fck 25
fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
Steel S500 :
f yk 500
f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
443
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Permanent loads:
G=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml
Load calculations:
38,75 * 5,80
M Ecq = = 162,94kNm
8
24.75 * 5,80
M Eqp = = 104.7kNm
8
5.43.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient
(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
( fcm ) = = = 2.925MPa
fcm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0 = 28days
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0
1 = 2 = 1 if fcm 35Mpa
0. 7 0.2
35 35
If not, 1 =
and 2 =
fcm f cm
In this case,
, therefore 1 = 2 = 1
In this case,
Humidity RH=50 %
2Ac 2 * 250 * 600
h0 = = = 176.47mm
u 2 * (250 + 600)
50
1
= 1+ 100 = 1.89 (, t 0 ) = * ( fcm ) * ( t 0 ) = 1.89 * 2.925 * 0.488 = 2.70
RH RH
0.1 * 3 176.47
444
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
M Eqp 104
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.70 * = 2.73
M Ecar 163
The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:
Es 200000
e = = = 17.32
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 104
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2.70 *
M Ecar 163
Material characteristics:
The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating 1 (position corresponding to the state of
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):
e * c 17.32 *15
1 = = = 0.394
e * c + s 17.32 *15 + 400
Knowing the 1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:
1 x 0.204
Mrb = * b w * x1 * c * (d 1 ) = 0.5 * 0.25 * 0.204 * 15 * 0.519 = 0.173MNm
2 3 3
Where:
Utile height : d = h (0.06h + ebz) = 0.519m
The moment resistance Mrb = 173KNm
Because M Ecq = 162.94kNm < M rb = 173kNm the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is
correct.
M ser 0.163
Reinforcement section: As1, ser = = = 9.03cm
zc * s 0.451 * 400
445
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w
Therefore:
2.56
0.26 * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.73 * 10 4 m
As , min = max 500 = 1.73cm
0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.69 * 10 m
4
446
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
447
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.44.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.
5.44.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
448
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
G=30kN
Q=25kN
2 = 0,3
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.80 m,
Width: b = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 6.30 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.320 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.707m; d=ebz=0.045m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
449
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Dead load:
0.40*0.80*25 = 8kN/ml
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=8+50+60=118kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=8+50+0.3*60=76kN/ml
Load calculations:
M ser , cq =
(30 + 25) * 6.3 + (8 + 50 + 60) * 6.3 = 672.05kN .m
4 8
M ser , qp =
(30 + 0.3 * 25) * 6.3 + (8 + 50 + 0.3 * 60) 6.3 = 436.11kN .m
4 8
5.44.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient
(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92MPa
f cm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0
1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not 1 = and 2 =
f f
cm cm
In this case therefore
1 = 2 = 1
450
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 400 * 800
h0 = = = 267 mm
u 2 * (400 + 800)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 = 1.78 (, t ) = * ( f ) * (t ) = 1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.54
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 267
3
Es
e =
Ecm
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 31476 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
M Eqp 435
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.54 * = 2.65
M Ecar 672
Es 200000
e = = = 16.82
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 435
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2.54 *
M Ecar 672
Material characteristics:
For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa
The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating (position corresponding to the state of
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):
e * c 16.82 * 15
1 = = = 0.387
e * c + s 16.82 *18 + 400
451
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1
Knowing the value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:
1 x 0.273
M rb = * bw * x1 * c * (d 1 ) = 0.5 * 0.4 * 0.273 * 15 * 0.707 = 0.505MNm
2 3 3
Where:
Utile height : d = h (0.06h + ebz) = 0.707m
The moment resistance Mrb = 505KNm
Because M Ecq = 672kNm > M rb = 505kNm , the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is
incorrect.
x1 0.273
zc = d = 0.707 = 0.616m
3 3
M rb 0.505
A1 = = = 20.51cm
zc * s 0.616 * 400
d ' 0.045
'= = = 0.064
d 0.707
1 ' 0.387 0.067
sc = e * c * = 16.82 * 15 * = 210.78MPa
1 0.387
sc 210.78
A2 = A'* = 11.96 * = 6.30cm
s 400
f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w
452
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where:
2.56
0.26 * * 0.40 * 0.707 = 3.76 * 10 4 m
As , min = max 500 = 3.76cm
0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.707 = 3.68 * 10 4 m
453
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
454
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.45.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in
concrete section and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section.
5.45.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section c and
compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
455
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.80 m,
Width: b = 0.35 m,
Length: L = 8.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.28 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4 cm
Effective height: d=72cm;
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 25Mpa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0*G+1.0*Q =75 kN/ml
Load calculations:
M0Ed = 855 kNm
456
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.45.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient
(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92MPa
f cm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0
if
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not, 1 = and 2 =
f f
cm cm
In this case,
, therefore
1 = 2 = 1
In this case,
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 350 * 800
h0 = = = 243.48mm
u 2 * (350 + 800)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 = 1.80 (, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.80 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.56
0.1 * 243.48
3
457
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where:
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 31476 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
M Eqp 390
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.56 * = 2.664
M Ecar 600
Es 200000
e = = = 16.90
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 2.664
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar
Material characteristics:
e * ( A st + A sc ) + e * ( A st + A sc ) + 2 * b w * e * (d * A st + d'* A sc )
x1 = =
b
16.90 * (37.70 + 6.28) + 16.90 * (37.70 + 6.28) + 2 * 35 * 16.90 * (72 * 37.70 + 4 * 6.28)
= = 34,41cm
35
b * x3
I = w 1 + A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) =
3
35 * 34,413
= + 37,70 * 16.90(72 34,45) + 6,28 * 16.90 * (34.45 4) = 1472097cm4 = 0.01472m4
3
Stresses calculation:
M ser 0,600
c = * x1 = * 0,3441 = 14Mpa c = 12Mpa
I 0,01472
d x1 0,72 0,3441
st = e * c * = 16.90 * 14 * = 259Mpa s = 400Mpa
x1 0,3441
458
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
459
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.46 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete
beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram(Class XD1)(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref Test19)
5.46.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section; the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings
are verified.
5.46.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section c
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s; maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
460
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.12 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=53cm;
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 25Mpa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load calculations:
M0Ed = 228 kNm
Mcar = 160 kNm
Mfq = 118 kNm
Mqp = 101 kNm
461
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.46.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient
(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92MPa
f cm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0
1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
35 35
1 = 2 =
f cm f cm
If not and
In this case,
, therefore:
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 200 * 600
h0 = = = 150mm
u 2 * (200 + 600)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 = 1.94 (, t ) = * ( f ) * (t ) = 1.94 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.77
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 3 150
The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:
Es
e =
Ecm
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar
462
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where:
0 .3 0 .3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 31476 MPa
10 10
Es = 200000 MPa
M Eqp 101
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.77 * = 2.75
M Ecar 160
Es 200000
e = = = 2.75
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 101
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2.77 *
M Ecar 160
Material characteristics:
e * ( A sc + A st ) + e2 * ( A sc + A st ) + 2 * b w * e * (d'* A sc + d * A st )
x1 =
bw
e * A st + e2 * A st + 2 * b w * e * d * A st )
x1 = =
b
17.47 * 15.46 + 17.47 * 15.46 + 2 * 20 * 17.47 * 53 * 15.46
= = 26.67cm
20
b * x3
I = w 1 + A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) =
3
0.2 * 0.2673
= + 15,46 * 10 4 * 17.47 * (0.53 0.267 ) = 0.00314m4
3
Stresses calculation:
M ser 0,101
c = * x1 = * 0,267 = 8.59Mpa
I 0,00314
d x1 0,53 0,267
st = e * c * = 17.47 * 8.59 * = 147.82Mpa s = 400Mpa
x1 0,267
463
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2.5 * (h d ) 2.5 * (0.6 0.53) = 0.175
(h x) (0.6 0.267)
Ac , eff = b * min =0.20 * min = 0.111 = 0.2 * 0.111 = 0.0222m 2
3 3
h 0.6
= 0.3
2 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2); Figure 7.1
As 15.46 * 104
p , eff = = = 0.070
Ac , eff 0.0222
n1 * 12 + n2 * 22
eq = = 18.22mm
n1 * 1 + n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(3)
0.425 * k1 * k 2 *
sr ,max = k3 * c +
p ,eff
Where:
c=0.051m
2/3 2/3
25 25
k3 = 3.4 * = 3.4 * = 2.114
c 51
Therefore:
Es 200000
e = = = 6.35
Ecm 31476
f ct ,eff 2.56
s kt * * (1 + e . p ,eff ) 147.82 0.4 * * (1 + 6.35 * 0.07)
p ,eff 0.07
sm cm = = = 6.33 *10 4 0,6 * s = 4.43 *10 4
Es 200000 Es
464
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
465
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
466
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.47 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete
beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram(Class XD1)(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref.Test 20)
5.47.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete class C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in
concrete section and the stresses in the tensioned steel reinforcement; the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack
openings are verified.
The verification is made considering NF EN 1992-1-1/NA.
5.47.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section c
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s; maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
467
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.80 m,
Width: b = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 8.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.32 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=71cm;
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 25Mpa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load calculations:
M0Ed = 774 kNm
Mcar = 540 kNm
Mfq = 390 kNm
Mqp = 330 kNm
468
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.47.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient
(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92MPa
f cm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0
If f cm 35Mpa ,
1 = 2 = 1
If not,
0.7 0.2
35 35
1 = 2 =
f
cm f
cm
and
In this case,
, therefore 1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 400 * 800
h0 = = = 266.67 mm
u 2 * (400 + 800)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 = 1.78 (, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.55
0.1 * 3 266.67
The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:
Under quasi-permanent combinations:
Es
e =
Ecm
1 + ( , t 0 )
Where:
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 31476 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
(, t0 ) = 2.55
469
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Es 200000
e = = = 22.56
Ecm 31476
1 + (, t0 ) 1 + 2.55
Material characteristics:
For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa
e * ( A sc + A st ) + e2 * ( A sc + A st ) + 2 * b w * e * (d'* A sc + d * A st )
x1 =
bw
e * A st + e2 * A st + 2 * b w * e * d * A st )
x1 = =
b
22.56 * 30.16 + 22.56 * 30.16 + 2 * 40 * 22.56 * 71 * 30.16
= = 35 cm
40
b * x3
I = w 1 + A st * e * (d x1 ) + A sc * e * ( x1 d' ) =
3
0.4 * 0.3503
= + 30,16 * 10 4 * 22.56 * (0.71 0.350) = 0.0145m4
3
Stresses calculation:
M ser 0,330
c = * x1 = * 0,350 = 7.96Mpa
I 0,0145
d x1 0,71 0,350
st = e * c * = 22.56 * 7.96 * = 184.7 Mpa s = 400 Mpa
x1 0,350
2.5 * (h d ) 2.5 * (0.8 0.71) = 0.255
(h x) (0.8 0.350)
Ac , eff = b * min =0.40 * min = 0.15 = 0.4 * 0.15 = 0.06m 2
3 3
h 0 .8
= 0.4
2 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2); Figure 7.1
As 30.16 * 104
p , eff = = = 0.0500
Ac , eff 0.06
470
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
n1 * 12 + n2 * 22
eq = = 16mm
n1 * 1 + n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(3)
0.425 * k1 * k 2 *
sr ,max = k3 * c +
p ,eff
Where:
c=0.051m
2/3 2/3
25 25
k 3 = 3.4 * = 3.4 * = 2.113
c 51
Therefore:
Es 200000
e = = = 6.41
Ecm 31187
f ct ,eff 2.56
s kt * * (1 + e . p ,eff ) 184.71 0.4 * * (1 + 6.41 * 0.050)
p ,eff 0.050
sm cm = = = 7.88 *10 4 0,6 * s = 5.54 *10 4
Es 200000 Es
471
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
472
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
473
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.48 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam with compressed
reinforcement Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 9)
5.48.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
For these tests, the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied as a constitutive law for reinforcement steel.
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to
the defined loads. The test confirms the presence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
5.48.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses, the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum
reinforcement percentage are performed.
For these tests, the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to
the defined loads. The test confirms the presence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
2 = 0,8
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The longitudinal reinforcement
The minimum reinforcement percentage
474
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.80 m,
Width: b = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 6.30 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.32 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.707 m; d=ebz=0.045m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
Concrete C25/30:
fck 25
fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22000 ck = 22000 = 31476 MPa
10 10
475
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Steel S500 :
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 6.3) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Dead load:
G=0.4*0.8*2.5=8.00 kN/ml
Linear load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(55+8)+1.5*60=175.05 kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=55+8+60=123 kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=55+8+0.8*60=111 kN/m
Point load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*35+1.5*25=84.75 kN
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=35+25=60 kN
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=35+0.8*25=55 kN
Load calculations:
175.05 * 6.30 184.75 * 6.30
M Ed = + = 1002kNm
8 4
123 * 6.30 60 * 6.30
M Ecq = + = 705kNm
8 4
111* 6.30 55 * 6.30
M Eqp = + = 637 kNm
8 4
476
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.925
f cm 25 + 8
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4
at t0 = 28 days
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5
The value of the RH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h 0
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a
1 = 2 = 1 if f CM 35MPa
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not: 1 =
f and 2 =
cm f cm
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c
In this case,
f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 33Mpa
1 = 2 = 1
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 400 * 800 100 = 1.78
h0 = = = 266.67 mm RH = 1 +
u 2 * (400 + 800) 0.1* 3 266.67
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6
Es 200000
e = = = 20.94
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 637
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2..54 *
M Ecar 705
477
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.48.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XD3, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the
reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book Practice of EC2:
This value can be determined by the next formula if f ck < 50MPa valid for a constitutive law to horizontal plateau:
f ck
luc = K ( e ) *
(4.62 1.66 * ) * f ck + (165.69 79.62 * )
(
K ( e ) = 104 * a + b * e + c * e
2
)
Where:
1002
= = 1,422
705
f ck
luc = K ( e ) * = 0.271
(4.62 1.66 * ) * f ck + (165.69 79.62 * )
M Ed 1.002
cu = = = 0.301
bw * d * f cd 0.40 * 0.707 * 16.67
cu = 0.301 > luc = 0.271 therefore the compressed reinforcement is present in the beam section
The calculation of tensioned steel section must be conducted with the corresponding moment of lu :
[ ] [
lu = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * lu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.271) = 0.404 ]
Calculation of the lever arm zc:
zlu = d * (1 0.4 * lu ) = 0.707 * (1 0.4 * 0.404) = 0.593m
Tensioned reinforcement elongation calculation:
1 u 1 0.404
su = * cu 2 = * 3.5 = 5.17
u 0.404
478
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Ed 1 0.902 *10 6 Nm
A1 = = = 34.76cm
z lu . f yd 0.593m * 437.63MPa
M Ed M Ed 1 1.002 0.902
As 2 = = = 3.47cm
(d d ' ) sc (0.707 0.045) * 435.52
The steel reinforcement condition:
sc 435.52
A2 = As 2 . = 3.47 * = 3.48cm
f yd 437.64
479
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Calculation of the resistance moment MRd for detecting the presence of the compressed reinforcement:
e * c 20.94 * 15
x1 = *d = * 0.707 = 0.311m
e * c + s 20.94 * 15 + 400
1 1
Fc = * bw * x1 * c = * 0.40 * 0.31115 = 0.933 *10 6 N
2 2
x1 0.311
zc = d = 0.707 = 0.603m
3 3
M rb = Fc * zc = 0.933 * 10 6 * 0.603 = 0.563 * 10 6 Nm
Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.
M 1 = M rb = 0.563 * 10 6 Nm
x1 0.311
1 = = = 0.440
d 0.707
x1 0.311
zc = d = 0.707 = 0.603m
3 3
M1 0.563
A1 = = = 23.34cm
z c s 0.603 400
1 * d d '
sc = e * c *
1 * d
0.440 * 0.707 0.045
sc = 20.94 * 15 * = 268.66 MPa
0.440 * 0.707
Compressed reinforcement area:
M2 0.142
A' = = = 7.98cm
(d d ' ) * sc (0.707 0.045) * 268.66
Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:
sc 268.66
As = A' * = 7.98 * = 5.36cm
s 400
Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 23.34+5.36=28.7 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 7.98 cm2
Considering an envelope calculation of ULS and SLS, it will be obtained:
Tensioned reinforcement ULS: A=38.24cm2
Compressed reinforcement SLS: A=7.98cm2
480
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
To optimize the reinforcement area, it is preferable a third iteration by recalculating with SLS as a baseline amount of
2
tensioned reinforcement (after ULS: Au=38.24cm )
AELS 28.70
s = * s = * 400 = 300.21MPa
AELU 38.24
Calculating the moment resistance Mrb for detecting the presence of compressed steel reinforcement:
e * c 20.94 *15
x1 = *d = * 0.707 = 0.361m
e * c + s 20.94 *15 + 300.21
1 1
Fc = * bw * x1 * c = * 0.40 * 0.36115 = 1.083 *10 6 N
2 2
x1 0.361
zc = d = 0.707 = 0.587 m
3 3
M rb = Fc * z c = 1.083 *10 6 * 0.587 = 0.636 *10 6 Nm
Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.
M 1 = M rb = 0.636 *10 6 Nm
x1 0.361
1 = = = 0.511
d 0.707
x1 0.361
zc = d = 0.707 = 0.587 m
3 3
M1 0.36
A1 = = = 36.09cm
z c * s 0.578 * 400
M2 0.069
A' = = = 3.79cm
(d d ' ) * sc (0.707 0.045)* 275
Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:
sc 275
As = A' * = 3.79 * = 3.47cm
s 300.21
481
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 36.09+3.47=39.56 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 3.79 cm2
f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w
2.56
0.26 * * 0.40 * 0.707 = 3.77 * 10 4 m
As ,min = max 500 = 3.77cm
0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.707 = 3.68 * 10 m
4
482
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2
Minimum reinforcement area(cm )
(reference value: 3.77cm2)
483
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.49.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.
5.49.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.60 m,
484
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.150 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.519m; d=ebz=0.045m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q = 25 + 30 = 55 kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q = 25 + 0.3*30 = 34 kN/ml
Load calculations:
(25 + 30) * 5.80
M Ecq = = 231.28kNm
8
(25 + 0.3 * 30) * 5.80
M Eqp = = 142.97kNm
8
485
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.49.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient
(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92MPa
f cm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0 = 28 days
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0
1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm
0.7 0 .2
35 35
1 = 2 =
f cm f cm
If not and
1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH = 50 %
2 Ac 2 * 250 * 600
h0 = = = 176mm
u 2 * (250 + 600)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 = 1.89 (, t ) = * ( f ) * (t ) = 1.89 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.70
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 3 176
Es
e =
Ecm
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 31476 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
486
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Eqp 143
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 2.69 * = 2.67
M Ecar 231
Es 200000
e = = = 16.97
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 143
1 + ( , t 0 ) * 1 + 2.69 *
M Ecar 231
Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is: bc = 0,6 * f ck = 0,6 *15 = 15Mpa
For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 400Mpa
The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating 1 (position corresponding to the state of
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):
e * c 16.97 *15
1 = = = 0.389
e * c + s 16.97 *18 + 400
Knowing the 1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:
1 x 0.202
M rb = * bw * x1 * c * (d 1 ) = 0.5 * 0.25 * 0.202 * 15 * 0.519 = 0.171MNm
2 3 3
Where:
Utile height : d = h (0.06h + ebz) = 0.519m
The moment resistance Mrb = 171KNm
Because M Ecq = 231kNm > M rb = 171kNm , the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is
incorrect.
x1 0.202
zc = d = 0.519 = 0.452m
3 3
M rb 0.171
A1 = = = 9.46cm
zc * s 0.452 * 400
d ' 0.045
'= = = 0.087
d 0.519
1 ' 0.389 0.087
sc = e * c * = 16.97 * 15 * = 197.75MPa
1 0.389
487
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
sc 197.75
A2 = A'* = 6.44 * = 3.18cm
s 400
Therefore:
2.56
0.26 * * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.73 * 10 4 m
As , min = max 500 = 1.73cm
0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.69 * 10 m
4
488
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
489
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.50.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section.
5.50.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section c and
compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section s.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
490
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 8.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.10 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
Effective height: d=44cm;
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Inclined stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G =9.375kN/ml
Load calculations:
Mfq = Mcar = Mqp = 75 kNm
491
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.50.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient
(, t0 ) = RH ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 3.17 MPa
f cm 20 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1*3 h0
1 = 2 = 1 if f 35Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not, 1 = and 2 =
f f
cm cm
In this case,
Therefore
1 = 2 = 1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 200 * 500
h0 = = = 142.86mm
u 2 * (200 + 500)
50
1
RH =1+ 100 = 1.96 (, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.96 * 3.17 * 0.488 = 3.03
0.1 * 142.86
3
492
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where:
0.3 0.3
f +8 20 + 8
Ecm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 29962 MPa
10 10
E s = 200000 MPa
M Eqp
1 + ( , t 0 ) * = 1 + 3.03 * 1 = 4.03
M Ecar
Es 200000
e = = = 26.90
Ecm 29962
M Eqp 1 + 3.03 *1
1 + (, t 0 ) *
M Ecar
Material characteristics:
For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit s = 0,8 * f yk = 320Mpa
f ctm * I
M cr =
v
Where:
b * h3 0,20 * 0,503
I= = = 0,00208m 4
12 12
h
v= = 0,25m
2
The average stress in concrete is:
2 2
f ctm = 0.30 * f ck3 = 0.30 * 20 3 = 2,21Mpa
The critical moment of cracking is therefore:
493
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1
Neutral axis equation: * bw * x1 Ast * e * (d x1 ) + Asc * e * ( x1 d ' ) = 0
2
b * x3 0,20 * 0,2303
I = w 1 + Ast * e * (d x1 ) = + 9,42 * 10 4 * 26.90 * (0,44 0,230) = 0,001929m 4
3 3
Stresses calculation:
M ser 0,075
c = * x1 = * 0,230 = 8,94 Mpa c = 12 Mpa
I 0,001929
d x1 0,44 0,230
st = e * c * = 26.90 * 8,94 * = 219.57 Mpa s = 320 Mpa
x1 0,230
494
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
495
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.51 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete
beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 24)
5.51.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.
5.51.2 Background
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
496
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 3.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.435m; d=ehz=0.035m
Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =30
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.
Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:
a
VEd = Pu 1
l
According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*105kN=1.50*95kN=284.25kN
In this case, (a = 1 m; l = 3 m):
1
VEd = 284,25 * 1 = 189,5 KN
3
Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.
497
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
f
cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v 1 = 0,6 * 1 ck
250
When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:
v 1 * f cd * z u * b w
VRd,max =
tg + cot
In this case,
= 45 and = 90
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear
f 20
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1 = 0.55
250 250
zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.435 = 0.392m
0.55 * 13.33 * 0.392 * 0.20
VRd , max = = 0.288MN
2
VEd = 0.1895MN < VRd , max = 0.288MN
498
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
499
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.52 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete
beam with inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 25)
5.52.1 Description
Verifies the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam C20/25 with inclined transversal reinforcement -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) is calculated, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement (Asw).
5.52.2 Background
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) is calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of
the shear reinforcement (Asw).
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
500
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 3.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.435m; d=ehz=0.035m
Stirrup slope: = 45
Strut slope: =30
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.
Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:
a
VEd = Pu 1
l
According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*105kN=1.50*95kN=284.25kN
In this case (a=1m; l=3m):
1
VEd = 284,25 * 1 = 189,5 KN
3
Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.
501
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
f ck
cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v1 = 0,6 * 1
250
In this case,
= 30 and = 45
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear
f 20
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1 = 0.55
250 250
zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.435 = 0.392m
it also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:
Asw 0.09475
= = 2.88cm / ml
s 0.392 * 434.78 * (cot 30 + cot 45) * sin 45
502
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
503
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.53 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 28)
5.53.1 Description
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member,
limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the
shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation.
The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
5.53.2 Background
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member,
limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the
shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: X0
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
504
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Length: L = 10.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.764m; d=ehz=0.035m
Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =30
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 10.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.
505
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading:
For a beam under a uniformly distributed load Pu, the shear force is defined by the following equation:
Pu * l
V ( x) = Pu * x
2
For the beam end, (x=0) the shear force will be:
Pu * l 58,57 * 10
VEd = = = 292,9kN
2 2
In the following calculations, the negative sign of the shear will be neglected, as this has no effect in the calculations.
Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.
= 30 and = 90
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear
f 25
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1 = 0.54
250 250
zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.764 = 0.688m
0.54 * 16.67 * 0.688 * 0.22
VRd , max = = 0.590MN
tg 30 + cot 30
VEd = 0.293MN < VRd , max = 0.590MN
506
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
507
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.54 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with
inclined transversal reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 29)
5.54.1 Description
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C35/40 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model was provided by Bouygues.
5.54.2 Background
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C35/40 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model was provided by Bouygues.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Structural class: S3
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: XC1
508
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Concrete density:
Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: fctm=3.2 MPa
Steel density:
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Length: L = 10.00 m,
Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =29.74
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 10.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.
509
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading:
Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.
For a 2.7 cm concrete cover and dinit=1.148m, the reference value will be 105.7 cm2:
510
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
At,z,2 At,z transversal reinforcement for the middle of the beam [cm2/ml] 5.21 cm2/ml
511
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.55 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete
section - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
23)
5.55.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.
5.55.2 Background
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
512
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Exploitation loadings:
The live load will consist of three loads: two point loads of 40kN and 35kN and one linear load of 20kN/m,
placed along the beam as described in the picture:
Structural class: S1
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.70 m,
Width: b = 0.30 m,
Length: L = 5.30 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d=ehz=0.0335m
Stirrup slope: = 90
Stirrup slope: 45
513
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.
Loading
The maximum shear stresses from the concrete beam:
Using the software structure calculation the following values were obtained:
x = 0.50m (for the first point load) => VEd = 373.76 KN and VEd = 239.51 KN
x = 0.95m (for the second point load) => VEd = 210.82 KN and VEd = 70.57 KN
Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.
514
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
VRd , max = cw * 1 * f cd * zu * bw *
(cot + cot )
1 + cot 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 6.2.3.(3)
Where:
f ck
cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v1 = 0,6 * 1
250
When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:
v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max =
tg + cot
In this case:
= 45 and = 90
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear
f 25
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1 = 0.54
250 250
zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.623 = 0.561m
0.54 * 16.67 * 0.561 * 0.30
VRd , max = = 0.757 MN
2
VEd = 0.406 MN < VRd ,max = 0.757 MN
Asw 0,23951 * tg 45
= = 9,82cm / ml
s 500
0,561 *
1,15
It also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:
Asw 0,20674 * tg 45
= = 8,48cm / ml
s 500
0,561 *
1,15
515
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Note: after the second point load, the minimum transverse reinforcement is set (noted with Atmin in ADVANCE Design)
(in cm/ml):
516
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.56 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete
beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 27)
5.56.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement. For the calculation, the reduced shear force
values will be used.
5.56.2 Background
Description: Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this
test, the shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by
the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max. will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
517
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.70 m,
Width: b = 0.35 m,
Length: L = 5.75 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d=ehz=0.035m
Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =45
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.
Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:
Pu * l
VEd =
2
According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*40kN+1.50*25kN=91.5kN
In this case :
5.75 * 91.5
VEd = = 263KN
2
Pu = 91.5kN / ml
91.5 * 5.75
M Ed = = 378.15kNm
8
M Ed 0.378
cu = = = 0.167
bw * d * f cd 0.35 * 0.623 * 16.67
518
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
( ) (
u = 1.25 * 1 1 2 * cu = 1.25 * 1 1 2 * 0.167 = 0.230 )
zc = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.623 * (1 0.4 * 0.230) = 0.566m
Pu * l
V ( x) = Pu * x
2
Therefore:
cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and
f
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck
250
When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:
v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max =
tg + cot
In this case:
= 45 and = 90
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear
f 25
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1 = 0.54
250 250
zu = 0.9 * d = 0.9 * 0.623 = 0.56m
0.54 * 16.67 * 0.566 * 0.35
VRd , max = = 0.891MN = 891kN
2
VEd = 236kN < VRd , max = 891kN
519
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Asw
w, min * bw * sin
s
With:
0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 20
w, min = = = 7.15 10 4
f yk 500
Asw
w, min * bw * sin = 7.15 * 10 4 * 0.2 * sin 90 = 1.43cm / ml
s
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
3 nodes,
1 linear element.
2
Advance Design gives the following results for At,min,z (cm /ml)
520
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.57.1 Description
Nominal rigidity method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made from concrete C25/30.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced. Verifies the column to resist simple bending.
The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
5.57.2 Background
Nominal rigidity method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
521
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.40 m,
Width: b = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 6.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=5cm
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd =1.35*15+150*6.5=30t=0.300MN
MEd=1.35*1.50+1.5*0.7=3.075t=0.31MNm
MEd 0.031
e0 = = = 0.10m
NEd 0.300
522
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
l0 = 2 * l = 12m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 12
= = = 104
a 0.40
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:
M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
e1 = e0 + ei
ei = 0.03m
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92
f cm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
(for t0= 28 days concrete age).
523
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
RH
1
RH =1+ 100
0.1 * 3 h0
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 400 * 400 100 = 1.85
h0 = = = 200mm RH =1+
u 2 * (400 + 400 ) 0.1 * 3 200
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.85 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.64
The effective creep coefficient calculation:
M EQP 0.022
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.64 * = 1.49
M Ed 0.039
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:
N Ed 0.300
n= = = 0.112
Ac * f cd 0.40 * 16.67
1 1
A=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.49 = 0.77
=
C = 1,7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known
524
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Initial eccentricity:
M Ed 0.031
e0 = = = 0.10m
N Ed 0.300
Additional eccentricity:
l0 12
ei = = = 0.03m
400 400
The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:
The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:
N Ed = 0.300 MN
e1 = e0 + ei = 0.13m
M = N Ed * e0
h 0.40
M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.039 + 0.300 * 0.35 = 0.084MNm
2 2
Verification if the section is partially compressed:
h h 0,40 0,40
BC = 0,8 * * (1 0,4 * ) = 0,8 * * (1 0,4 * ) = 0,496
d d 0,35 0,35
M ua 0.084
cu = = = 0.103
bw * d * f cd 0.40 * 0.35 * 16.67
525
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
cu = 0.103
[
u = 1,25 * 1 (1 2 * 0,103) = 0,136]
zc = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,35 * (1 0,4 * 0,136) = 0,331m
N 0.300
A = A' = 5.84 * 10 4 = 1.06cm 2
f yd 434.78
The minimum reinforcement percentage:
EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.2 (1)
With:
Ecm
Ecd =
1.2
f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 33Mpa
0.3 0.3
f 33
Ecm = 22000 * cm = 22000 * = 31476 Mpa
10 10
Ecm 31476
Ecd = = = 26230 Mpa
1.2 1.2
b * h 3 0.40 4
Ic = = = 2,133.10 3 m4
12 12 (cross section inertia)
Es = 200000 Mpa
I s : Inertia
526
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
As 3,14.104
= = = 0.002
Ac 0.40 0.40
As
0.002 = < 0.01
Ac
f ck 25
k1 = = = 1.12Mpa
20 20
N Ed 0.300
n= = = 0.112
Ac * f cd 0.40 *16.67
104
k2 = n * = 0.112 * = 0.069 0.20
170 170
2 2
A h 3,14 * 104 0.40
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 * * 0.05 = 7,06 * 10 6 m4
2 2 2 2
k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc = = = 0.031
1 + ef 1 + 1.49
K s = 1 and
Therefore:
Corrected stresses:
The total moment, including the second order effects is defined as a value and is added to the first order moment
value:
M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.3 (1)
M 0 Ed = 0.039 MNm (time of first order (ULS) taking into account the geometric imperfections, relative to the
center of gravity of concrete).
= with c0 = 8 because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
c0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.3 (2)
= = 1.234
8
EI 3.15
NB = * 2
=* = 0.216 MN
l0 12
527
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1.234
M Ed = 0.039 * 1 + = 0.133MNm
0.216
1
0.300
There is a second order moment that is negative because it was critical that the normal force, NB, is less than the
applied normal force => instability.
A section corresponding to a ratio of 5 will be considered and the corresponding equivalent stiffness is
recalculated.
EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
With:
Es = 200000 Mpa
Is : Inertia
M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed
= 1.234
EI 5.35
NB = * 2
=* = 0.367 MN
l0 12
1.234
M Ed = 0.039 * 1 + = 0.254MNm
0.367
1
0.300
528
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Ed 0.254
= 2
= = 0.238
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 *16.67
N Ed 0.300
v= = = 0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67
* b * h * f cd 0.485 * 0.40 * 16.67
= 0.485 is obtained, which gives: A s =
f yd
=
434.78
= 29.75cm
Therefore set up a section 14.87cm per side must be set, or 3HA32 per side (by excess)
Buckling checking
The column in place will be verified without buckling. The new reinforcement area must be considered for the
2
previous calculations: 6HA32 provides As=48.25cm
EI = K c .E cd . I c + K s .E s . I s
With:
Is : Inertia
As 48,25 * 104
= = = 0.03
Ac 0.40 * 0.40
529
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2 2
A h 48,25 * 104 0.40
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 * * 0.05 = 1,086.10 4 m 4
2 2 2 2
k1 = 1.12
k2 = 0.069
k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc = = = 0.031
1 + ef 1 + 1.49
K s = 1 and
The following conditions are not implemented in Advance Design:
As
= 0.01
If:
Ac
0,3
Kc =
1 + 0,5 * ef
Then:
Corrected stresses
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:
M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed
M 0 Ed = 0.039 MNm
N Ed = 0.300MN (normal force acting at ULS)
= 1.234
EI 23.45
NB = * 2
=* = 1.607 MN
l0 12
It was therefore a moment of second order which is:
1.234
M Ed = 0.039 * 1 + = 0.05MNm
1.607
1
0.300
Reinforcement calculation:
M Ed 0.05
M Ed = 0.05MNm => = 2
= = 0.047
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67
N Ed 0.300
N Ed = 0.300MN => v = = = 0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67
530
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The minimum reinforcement percentage conditions are not satisfied therefore there will be one more iteration.
Additional iteration:
The additional iteration will be made for a section corresponding to 1%; As=0.009*0.40=14.4cm2, which is 7.2cm2 per
side. A 3HA16 reinforcement will be chosen by either side (6HA16 for the entire column), which will give
As=12.03cm2.
EI = K c .E cd . I c + K s .E s . I s .
Is : Inertia
As 12,06 *10 4
= = = 0.00754
Ac 0.40 * 0.40
As
0.002 = < 0.01
if
Ac
2 2
As h 12,06 * 104 0.40
Is = 2 * * c = 2* * 0.05 = 2,71.10 5 m 4
2 2 2 2
k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc = = = 0.031
1 + ef 1 + 1.49
K s = 1 and
Therefore:
531
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed
M 0 Ed = 0.039 MNm
= 1.234
EI 7.15
NB = * 2
=* = 0.49 MN
l0 12
1.234
M Ed = 0.039 * 1 + = 0.115MNm
0.49
1
0.300
Reinforcement calculation:
Frames are calculated again from the interaction diagram:
M Ed 0.115
= 2
= = 0.108
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 *16.67
N Ed 0.300
v= = = 0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67
* b * h * f cd 0.18 * 0.40 *16.67
= 0.18 is obtained, which gives: A s =
f yd
=
434.78
= 11.04cm
Therefore set up a section 5.52cm per side must be set; this will be the final column reinforcement
532
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
533
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.58.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top Method based on
nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The column is made of concrete C25/30. Determination of the axial and bending efforts at ultimate limit state is
performed.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and
then calculate the reinforcement by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
5.58.2 Background
Nominal curvature method is applied in this example.
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section column made from concrete C25/30.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
534
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = a = 0.40 m,
Width: b = a = 0.40 m,
Length: L = 6.00 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm
Materials properties
Concrete class C25/30 and steel reinforcement S500B are used. The following characteristics are used in relation to
theses materials:
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: X0
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck = 25MPa
Mean value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8 = 33 MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500 MPa
f ck 25
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 16.67 MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1.15
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free at the top.
535
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
NEd = 1.35 * 147.15kN + 1.5 * 63.77kN = 294.3kN = 0.2943MN
MEd = 1.35 * 14.71 + 1.5 * 6.87 kNm = 30.16kNm = 0.03016MNm
Characteristic combination of actions defined by: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
M Ed 0.03016MNm
e0 = = = 0.10m
N Ed 0.2943MN
l0 = 2 * L = 12m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
2 3 * l0 2 3 *12m
= = = 104
a 0.40m
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:
M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
M EQP
serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination
e1 = e0 + ei
l0 12m
ei = = = 0.03m
400 400
536
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.92
f cm 25 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
RH
1
RH =1+ 100
0.1 * 3 h0
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 0.4m * 0.4m 100 = 1.85
h0 = = = 0.2m = 200mm RH = 1 +
u 2 * (0.4m + 0.4m ) 0.1 * 3 200
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.85 * 2.92 * 0.488 = 2.64
The effective creep coefficient calculation:
20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:
N Ed 0.2943MN
n= = = 0.11
Ac * f cd 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa
1 1
A=
(1 + 0.2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.46 = 0.77
=
537
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
C = 1.7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is unknown
M Ed 0.03016MNm
e0 = = = 0.10m
N Ed 0.2943MN
Additional eccentricity:
l0 12m
ei = = = 0.03m
400 400
The first order eccentricity - loadings correction
The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations, is done as following:
N Ed = 0.2943MN
20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 400mm = max = 20mm
13.3mm
30 30
Corrected bending moment is bigger than this value, so clause 6.1 (4) is fulfilled.
538
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
h 0.40m
M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.0383MNm + 0.2943MN * 0.35m = 0.0824MNm
2 2
Verifying if the section is partially compressed:
h h 0.40m 0.40m
BC = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.496
d d 0.35m 0.35m
M ua 0.0824MNm
cu = = = 0.101
bw * d * f cd 0.40m * 0.35 m 2 * 16.67 MPa
cu = 0.101
[ ]
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.101) = 0.133
zc = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.35m * (1 0.4 * 0.133) = 0.331m
M ua 0.0824MNm
As = = = 5.73 * 10 4 m 2 = 5.73cm
zc * f yd 0.331m * 434.78MPa
N 0.2943MN
A = A' = 5.73 * 10 4 m 2 = 1.04cm 2
f yd 434.78MPa
The minimum reinforcement percentage must be applied:
539
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1 1
= K r * K *
r r0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.8.3 (1)
With:
f yd
434.78MPa
1 yd Es
= = = 200000MPa = 0.0138m 1
r0 0.45 * d 0.45 * d 0.45 * 0.35m
nu n
Kr : is a correction factor depending on axial load,=> Kr = 1
nu nbal
N Ed 0.2943MN
n= = = 0.110
Ac * f cd 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa
As * f yd 3.14.104 m 2 * 434.78MPa
= = = 0.0512
Ac * f cd 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa
nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.0512 = 1.0512
nbal = 0.4
1.0512 0.110
Kr = = 1.445 1 K r = 1
1.0512 0.40
K : is a factor for taking account of creep=> K = 1 + * ef 1
f ck 25 104
= 0.35 + = 0.35 + = 0.218
200 150 200 150
K = 1 + * ef = 1 0.218 * 1.49 = 0.68 1 K = 1
Therefore the curvature becomes:
1 1
= K r * K * = 0.0138m 1
r r0
Calculation moment:
M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2
Where:
540
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M 2 = N Ed * e2
1 l2 12 m 2
e2 = * 0 = 0.0138m 1 * = 0.248m
r c 8
Note: c = 8 according to 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1; because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top
of column).
N Ed = 0.2943MN
M Ed = 0.1113MNm
M Ed 0.1113MNm
= = = 0.104
b * h * f cd 0.40m * 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa
2
N Ed 0.2943MN
v= = = 0.110
b * h * f cd 0.40m * 0.40m *16.67 MPa
side.
Buckling checking
The verification will be made considering the reinforcement area found previously (9.20cm2)
541
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Curvature evaluation:
1
= 0.0138m 1
r0
nu n
Kr = 1
nu nbal
n = 0.110
As * f yd 9.20 * 104 m 2 * 434.78MPa
= = = 0.15
Ac * f cd 0.40 m 2 * 16.67 MPa
nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.15 = 1.15
nbal = 0.4
1.15 0.110
Kr = = 1.387 1 K r = 1
1.15 0.40
K - coefficient which takes account of the creep K = 1 + * ef 1
1 1
= K r * K * = 0.0138m 1 It was obtained the same curvature and therefore the same second order
r r0
moment, which validates the section reinforcement found.
542
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
543
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.59.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column subjected to compression by nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1).
The column is made of concrete C30/37. The verification of the axial force, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is
performed.
Nominal rigidity method.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are
blocked) and to the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are also blocked.
This test is based on the example from "Applications of Eurocode 2" (J. & JA Calgaro Cortade).
5.59.2 Background
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity of a
square cross section made from concrete C30/37, and then calculate the frames by considering a section
symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
544
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.30 m;
Width: b = 0.30 m;
Length: L = 4.74 m;
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )
Materials Properties
Used materials:
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The following characteristics are used in relation to this / these material(s):
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 30 MPa
Value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8(MPa)
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 500 MPa
f ck 30MPa
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 20 MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1.15
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and to the top part, the translations along X
and Y axes are also blocked.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G
The characteristic combination of actions is: CCQ = 1.0 x G
545
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Mu 0
Initial eccentricity: e0 = = = 0m
N u 1.7
Load calculation:
Additional eccentricity due to geometric imperfections:
Buckling length: L0 = 0.7*4.74 = 3.32 m
L 332
ei = max 2cm; 0 = max 2cm; = max(2cm;0.83cm ) = 2cm = 0.02m
400 400
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.2(7)
L0 * 12 3.32 * 12
= = = 38.34
h 0.3
For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:
20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:
N Ed 1.7
n= = = 0.944
Ac * f cd 0.30 * 20
1
A = 0.7 if ef is not known, if it is, A=
1 + 0.2 * ef
As * f yd
B = 1.1 if (reinforcement ratio) is not known, if it is, B = 1 + 2 * = 1 + 2 *
Ac * f cd
546
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
In this case:
M 0 EQP
ef = (, t 0 ).
M 0 Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
M 0 EQP is the first order bending moment in quasi-permanent load combination (SLS)
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
With:
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.73MPa
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0 = 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0
1 = 2 = 1 if f cm 35MPa
0.7 0.2
35 35
1 = and 2 = if f cm > 35MPa
f
cm f
cm
2 * Ac 2 * 300 * 300
h0 = = = 150mm
u 2 * (300 + 300)
547
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where:
RH relative humidity: RH=50%
h0: is the notional size of the member (in mm)
u: column section perimeter
0.7 0.2
35 35
f cm = 38MPa 35MPa 1 = = 0.944 and 2 = = 0.984
38 38
RH 50
1 1
RH = 1 + 100 * * = 1 + 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.86
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0 0.1 * 3 150
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.86 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.48
M 0 Eqp
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.48 * 0.74 = 1.835
M 0 Ed
1 + ef = 1 + 1.835 = 2.835
EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
Where:
548
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
k1 * k2
Kc =
1 + e
1 + ef = 2.835
f ck 30
k1 = = = 1.22
20 20
n*
k2 =
170
N Ed 1.7
n= = = 0.944
Ac * f cd 0.3 * 20
= 38.34
n * 0.944 * 38.34
k2 = = = 0.213 k2 = 0.20
170 170
k1 * k 2 1.22 0.20
Kc = = = 0.086
1 + e 2.835
Ecm
Ecd =
CE
0.3 0.3
f +8 30 + 8
E cm = 22 * ck = 22 * = 32837 MPa
10 10
Ecm 32837
Ecd = = = 27364MPa
CE 1.2
b * h3 0.3 * 0.33
Ic = = = 0.000675m 4
12 12
Ks = 1
E s = 200GPa
2 2
A d d' 12.56 *10 4 0.25 0.05 5 4
I s = 2 * theo * = 2* * = 1.256 *10 m
2 2 2 2
EI = 0.086 * 27364 * 0.000675 + 1 * 200000 * 1.256 * 10 5 = 4.1MNm
549
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Stresses correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as an increased value of the first order moment:
1.234
M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 + = 0.034 * 1 + = 0.070 MNm
NB 3.67
1 1
N Ed 1.7
M 0 Ed = 0.0231MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)
550
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
551
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.60 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete
beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 26)
5.60.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.
5.60.2 Background
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area
of the shear reinforcement, Asw. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
552
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.70 m,
Width: b = 0.35 m,
Length: L = 5.75 m,
Concrete cover: c=3.5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d=ehz=0.035m
Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =45
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.
Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:
Pu * l
VEd =
2
According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*40kN+1.50*25kN=91.5kN
In this case :
5.75 * 91.5
VEd = = 263KN
2
553
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Pu = 91.5kN / ml
91.5 * 5.75
M Ed = = 378.15kNm
8
M Ed 0.378
cu = = = 0.167
bw * d * f cd 0.35 * 0.623 * 16.67
( ) (
u = 1.25 * 1 1 2 * cu = 1.25 * 1 1 2 * 0.167 = 0.230 )
zc = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.623 * (1 0.4 * 0.230) = 0.566m
Pu * l
V ( x) = Pu * x
2
Therefore:
cw = 1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and
f
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck
250
When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:
v 1 * f cd * z u * b w
VRd,max =
tg + cot
In this case:
= 45 and = 90
v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear
f 25
v1 = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.6 * 1 = 0.54
250 250
554
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
555
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.61 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with
inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 30)
5.61.1 Description
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model and the results were provided by Bouygues.
5.61.2 Background
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model was provided by Bouygues.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Structural class: S3
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: XC1
556
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Concrete density:
Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: fctm=2.9 MPa
Steel density:
Slenderness ratio:
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Length: L = 8.10 m,
Stirrup slope: = 90
Strut slope: =22.00
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 10.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
Inner: None.
557
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading:
Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.
2
For a 4.3 cm concrete cover and dinit=0.521, the reference value will be 54.3 cm :
558
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
At,z,2 At,z transversal reinforcement for the middle of the beam [cm2/ml] 7.01 cm2/ml
559
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.62 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method
based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 36)
5.62.1 Description
Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on nominal curvature - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1)
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made from concrete C30/37.
Method based on nominal curvature
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and
then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked and
all the rotations are permitted) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation
along Z axis is also blocked.
This example is provided by the Calcul des Structures en beton book, by Jean-Marie Paille, edition Eyrolles.
5.62.2 Background
The calculation is based on nominal curvature method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and
then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
560
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.35 m,
Width: b = 0.60 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked and all
the rotations are permitted) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along
Z axis is also blocked.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
N ED = 1.35 * N G + 1.5 * N Q = 1.35 * 0.4 + 1.5 * 0.3 = 0.99MN
Mu
e0 = = 0cm
Nu
l 500
ei = max 2cm; 0 = max 2cm; = 2cm
400 400
561
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
l0 = l = 5m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 5
= = = 49.5
a 0.35
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is determined by the next formula:
M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
M EQP
serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination
The M EQP value is calculated using the following combination: M EQP = G + 0.3Q + 0 * W
M 0 ED value is calculated using the following combination: M oED = 1.35G + 1.5 * Q + 1.5 * W
L 5
M 0 Eqp = N ed * e1 + 1.5 * HW * = 0.99 * 0.02 + 1.5 * 0.25 * = 0.48855MNm
4 4
The moment report becomes:
M 0 Eqp 0.0098
= = 0.02
M 0 Ed 0.48855
The creep coefficient (,t0 ) is:
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.73MPa
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.482 (for t0= 30 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 300.20
562
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0
RH = relative humidity; RH = 50%
0.7 0.2
35 35
Where 1 = 2 = 1 if f cm 35MPa if not 1 = and 2 =
f
cm f
cm
2 * Ac 2 * 0.35m * 0.60m
h0 = = = 0.221m = 221mm
u 2 * (0.35m + 0.60m )
0.7 0.7
35 35
f cm = 38MPa > 35MPa therefore 1 = = = 0.944 and
f
cm 38
0.2 0.2
35 35
2 = = = 0.984
f
cm 38
RH 50
1 1
RH
= 1+ 100
* 1 * 2 = 1 + 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.752
0.1 * 3 h0 0.1 * 3 221
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.752 * 2.73 * 0.482 = 2.30
M EQP
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.30 * 0.02 = 0.046
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
1 + ef = 1 + 0.046 = 1.046
1 l02
e2 = *
r c
l0 is the buckling length: l0 = l = 5m
c is a factor depending on the curvature distribution. According to chapter 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1, c = 10.
1 1
= K r * K *
r r0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)
1 yd f yd 434.78 2.1739
= and yd = = =
r0 (0.45 * d ) Es 200000 1000
563
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2.1739
1 yd 1000
= = = 0.0161m 1
r0 (0.45 * d ) (0.45 * 0.30)
Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:
nu n
Kr = 1
nu nbal
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(3)
N Ed 0.99
n= = = 0.236
Ac * f cd 0.6 * 0.35 * 20
nu = 1 +
f ck
= 0,35 +
200 150
l0 12 5 12
= = = 49.5
h 0.35
f ck 30 49.5
= 0.35 + = 0.35 + = 0.17
200 150 200 150
K = 1 + * ef = 1 + 0.17 * 0.046 = 1.008
Therefore:
1 1
= K r * K * = 1 * 1.008 * 0.0161 = 0.0162
r r0
1 l2 5
e2 = * 0 = 0.0162 * = 0.04057 m
r c 10
M 2 = N Ed * e2 = 0.990 * 0.04057 = 0.04017 MNm
N Ed = 0.990 MN
564
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Ed = 0.5287 MNm
N Ed = 0.990 MN
M Ed = 0.5287 MNm
The calculation resulted in 38.02cm2 tensioned reinforcement and a 20cm2 compressed reinforcement, meaning a
total of 58.02cm2 reinforcement area.
Buckling checking:
The calculation is performed considering the reinforcement area found previously (58.02cm2):
Curvature calculation:
The reinforcement area has an influence only over the Kr parameter:
1
= 0.0161m 1
r0
nu n
Kr = 1
nu nbal
n = 0.112
As * f yd 58,02 * 104 * 434.78
= = = 0.60
Ac * f cd 0.60 * 0.35 * 20
nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.60 = 1.60
nbal = 0,4
1.60 0.112
Kr = = 1.24 1 K r = 1
1.60 0.40
K = 1 K = 1 + . ef 1
the creep coefficient
Therefore the curvature becomes:
1 1
= K r * K * = 0.0161m 1
r r0
Considering this result, the same curvature is obtained, which means that the second order moment is the same. The
reinforcement section is correctly chosen.
565
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
566
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.63 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column using the simplified
method Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 37)
5.63.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a square concrete column made of concrete C25/30, using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are
blocked), while on the top part translations along X, Y axis and rotation along Z axis are blocked.
5.63.2 Background
Simplified Method
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C25/30.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
567
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.40 m,
Width: b = 0.400 m,
Length: L = 4.00 m,
Concrete cover: c=5cm
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are
blocked) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also
blocked.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
N ED = 1.35 * 800 + 1.5 * 800 = 2280kN
568
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
L0 L L L L L * 12 2.8 * 12
= = 0 = 0 = 0 = 0 = 0 = = 24.25
i I a 4
a 2 a a 0.4
A 12 12 12
2
a
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004) Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)
The method of professional rules can be applied as:
< 120
20 < f ck < 50 MPa
h > 0.15m
Reinforcement calculation:
f yk 500
k s = 1.6 0.6 * = 1.6 0.6 * =1
500 500
1 N ed 1 2.280
As = * b * h * f cd = * 0.4 * 0.4 *16.67 = 14,24cm
f yd k *
h s k * 434 . 78 0 . 93 * 1 * 0 . 746
According to Conception Et Calcul Des Structures De Batiment, by Henry Thonier, page 283
569
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
570
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.64 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small
compression force and significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 40)
5.64.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a small compression force and
significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram is used (Class XC1).
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a symmetrically reinforced section.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
5.64.2 Background
Nominal rigidity method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Concrete cover 5cm
Transversal reinforcement spacing a = 40cm
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced
571
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5cm
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd =1.35*15+150*7=30.75kN=0.03075MN
MEd=1.35*150+1.50*100=352.50kNm=0.352MNm
MEd 0.352
e0 = = = 11.45m
NEd 0.03075
572
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
l0 = 2 * l = 11.60m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
= = = 80.37
a 0.50
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:
M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
e1 = e0 + ei
ei = 0.03m
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.72
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
573
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0
0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
35 35 35 35
1 = = = 0.944 2 = = = 0.984
f cm 38 f cm 38
f cm > 35MPa therefore: and
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.72
h0 = = = 250mm RH = 1 +
u 2 * (500 + 500 ) 0.1 * 3 250
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488 = 2.28
The effective creep coefficient calculation:
M EQP 0.181
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.28 * = 1.17
M Ed 0.352
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:
N Ed 0.031
n= = = 0.0062
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
1 1
A=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.17 = 0.81
=
C = 1,7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known
574
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Ed 0.3525
e0 = = = 11.46m
N Ed 0.03075
Additional eccentricity:
l0 11.6
ei = = = 0.03m
400 400
The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:
The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:
N Ed = 0.03075MN
e1 = e0 + ei = 11.49m
20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 500mm = max = 20mm
16.7mm
30 30
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)
575
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Ed 0.353
= = = 0.141
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2
N Ed 0.03075
= = = 0.00615
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:
= 0.35
The reinforcement area will be:
* 0.502 * 20
As = 434.78
= 40.25cm 2
which means 20.13cm2 per face.
The total area will be 40.25cm2.
576
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
577
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.65.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section concrete column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a significant compression
force and a small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram is used (Class XC1).
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal rigidity method and then
calculate the frames by considering a symmetrically reinforced section.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
5.65.2 Background
Nominal rigidity method.
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
578
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5cm
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd = 1.35*150+1.50*100 = 352.50kN = 0.035MN
MEd = 1.35*15+1.50*7 = 30.75kNm = 0.03075MNm
MEd 0.03705
e0 = = = 0.087m
NEd 0.353
579
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
l0 = 2 * l = 11.60m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
= = = 80.37
a 0.50
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:
M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
e1 = e0 + ei
ei = 0.03m
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:
M Eqp 0 15 + 0.30 * 7
e1 = e0 + ei = + ei = + 0.30 = 0.125m
N Eqp 0 150 + 0.30 * 100
M Ed 1 = 0.041MNm
The creep coefficient (,t0 ) is defined as follows:
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.72
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
580
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0
0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
35 35 35 35
f cm > 35MPa therefore: 1 = = = 0.944 and 2 = = = 0.984
f cm 38 f cm 38
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.72
h0 = = = 250mm RH = 1 +
u 2 * (500 + 500 ) 0.1 * 3 250
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488 = 2.28
The effective creep coefficient calculation:
M EQP 0.0225
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.28 * = 1.25
M Ed 0.041
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:
N Ed 0.353
n= = = 0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
1 1
A=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.25 = 0.80
=
C = 1,7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known
581
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Initial eccentricity:
M Ed 0.03075
e0 = = = 0.087 m
N Ed 0.353
Additional eccentricity:
l0 11.6
ei = = = 0.03m
400 400
The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:
The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:
N Ed = 0.353MN
e1 = e0 + ei = 0.117 m
M = N Ed * e0
20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 500mm = max = 20mm
16 .7 mm
30 30
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)
h 0.50
M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.041 + 0.353 * 0.45 = 0.112MNm
2 2
h h 0,50 0,50
BC = 0,8 * * (1 0,4 * ) = 0,8 * * (1 0,4 * ) = 0,494
d d 0,45 0,45
M ua 0.112
cu = = = 0.055
bw * d * f cd 0.50 * 0.45 * 20
582
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
cu = 0.055
[ ]
u = 1,25 * 1 (1 2 * 0,055) = 0,071
zc = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,45 * (1 0,4 * 0,071) = 0,437 m
M ua 0,112
A = = = 5,89cm
zc * f yd 0,437 * 434,78
N 0.353
A = A = 5.89 * 10 4 = 2.23cm 2
Fyd 434.78
The minimum column percentage reinforcement must be considered:
583
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
Where:
Ecm
Ecd =
1.2
f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 38Mpa
0.3 0.3
f 38
Ecm = 22000 * cm = 22000 * = 32836.57 Mpa
10 10
Ecm 32837
Ecd = = = 27364 Mpa
1.2 1.2
b * h3 0.50 4
Ic = = = 5,208.10 3 m 4
12 12 inertia of the concrete section only
Es = 200000 Mpa
Is : Inertia
As 5.104
= = = 0.002
Ac 0.50 * 0.50
As
0.002 = < 0.01
Ac
f ck 30
k1 = = = 1.22
20 20
N Ed 0.353
n= = = 0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
80.37
k2 = n * = 0.071 * = 0.0336 0.20
170 170
2 2
A h 5 * 104 0.50
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 * * 0.05 = 2.10 5 m 4
2 2 2 2
Ks = 1 k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.0336
and Kc = = = 0.018
1 + ef 1 + 1.25
Therefore:
584
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Stress correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:
M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed
M 0 Ed = 0.041MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)
=
c0 and c0 = 8 because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
= = 1.234
8
EI 6.56
NB = * 2
=* = 0.48MN
l0 11.60
It was therefore a moment of 2nd order which is:
1.234
M Ed = 0.041 * 1 + = 0.182MNm
0.48
1
0.353
There is thus a second order moment of 0.182MNm
585
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Ed = 0.182MNm
N Ed = 0.353MN
M Ed 0.182
= = = 0.073
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2
N Ed 0.353
= = = 0.071
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:
= 0.11
The reinforcement area will be:
* b * h * f cd 0.11 * 0.502 * 20
As = f yd
=
434.78
= 12.65cm 2
Additional iteration:
One more iteration by considering an initial section of 6.5cm
586
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
Where:
Ecm
Ecd =
1.2
f cm = f ck + 8Mpa = 38Mpa
0.3 0.3
f 38
Ecm = 22000 * cm = 22000 * = 32836.57 Mpa
10 10
Ecm 32837
Ecd = = = 27364 Mpa
1.2 1.2
b * h3 0.50 4
Ic = = = 5,208.10 3 m 4 considering only the concrete section only
12 12
Es = 200000 Mpa
Is : Inertia
As 6.5 * 104
= = = 0.0026
Ac 0.50 * 0.50
As
0.002 = < 0.01
Ac
f ck 30
k1 = = = 1.22
20 20
N Ed 0.353
n= = = 0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
80.37
k2 = n * = 0.071 * = 0.0336 0.20
170 170
2 2
A h 6.5 * 104 0.50
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 * 0.05 = 2.6 10 5 m 4
2 2 2 2
K s = 1 and k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.0336
Kc = = = 0.018
1 + ef 1 + 1.25
Therefore:
587
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Stress correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:
M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed
M 0 Ed = 0.041MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)
=
c0 and c0 = 8 because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
= = 1.234
8
EI 7.78
NB = * 2
=* = 0.57 MN
l0 11.60
It was therefore a moment of 2nd order which is:
1.234
M Ed = 0.041 * 1 + = 0.123MNm
0.57
1
0.353
There is thus a second order moment of 0.123MNm
M Ed = 0.123MNm
N Ed = 0.353MN
588
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Ed 0.123
= = = 0.049
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2
N Ed 0.353
= = = 0.071
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:
= 0.05
The reinforcement area will be:
* b * h * f cd 0.05 * 0.502 * 20
As = f yd
=
434.78
= 5.75cm 2
589
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
590
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.66.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular concrete column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to compression to top
Based on nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Based on nominal rigidity method
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal rigidity method, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
5.66.2 Background
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal stiffness method on a
rectangular cross section made of concrete C30/37, and then calculate the frames by considering a section
symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
591
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.45 m,
Width: b = 0.70 m,
Length: L = 4.50 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )
Materials Properties
Used materials:
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The following characteristics are used in relation to this / these material(s):
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 30 MPa
Value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8(MPa) = 38MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 500 MPa
f ck 30MPa
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 20 MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1.15
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
The characteristic combination of actions is: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
592
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
l0 = 2 * l = 2 * 4.50 = 9m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 9
= = = 69.28
a 0.45
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:
M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
Where:
M 0 EQP is the first order bending moment in quasi-permanent load combination (SLS)
593
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M 0 Eqp 0.118
= = 0.524
M 0 Ed 0.225
The creep coefficient (,t0 ) is defined as follows:
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
With:
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.73MPa
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0 = 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0
RH = relative humidity; RH = 50%
1 = 2 = 1 if f cm 35MPa
0.7 0.2
35 35
1 = and 2 = if f cm > 35MPa
f
cm f cm
2 * Ac 2 * 450 * 700
h0 = = = 274mm
u 2 * (450 + 700)
Where:
RH relative humidity: RH = 50%
h0: is the notional size of the member (in mm)
u: column section perimeter
0.7 0.2
35 35
f cm = 38MPa 35MPa 1 = = 0.944 and 2 = = 0.984
38 38
594
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
RH 50
1 1
RH = 1 + 100 * * = 1 + 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.70
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0 0.1 * 3 274
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.70 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.26
The effective creep coefficient calculation:
M EQP
ef = (, t 0 ) * = 2.26 * 0.524 = 1.18 , according to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
M Ed
1 + ef = 1 + 1.18 = 2.18
N Ed 1.3575
n= = = 0.215
Ac * f cd 0.45 * 0.70 * 20
1 1
A=
(1 + 0.2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.18 = 0.81
=
As * f yd
B = 1.1 if (reinforcement ratio) is not known, if it is, B = 1 + 2 * = 1 + 2 *
Ac * f cd
In this case B = 1.1 , because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known.
C = 0.70 if rm is not known, if it is, C = 1.7 rm
In this case C = 0.70 , because the ratio between the first order moments is not known.
20 * 0.81 * 1.1 * 0.7
lim = = 26.90
0.215
= 69.28 > lim = 26.90
Therefore, the second order effects must be considered.
Initial eccentricity:
0.225
e0 = = 0.166m
1.3575
Additional eccentricity:
l0 9
ei = = = 0.0225m
400 400
595
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed = 1.3575MN
e1 = e0 + ei = 0.166m + 0.0225m = 0.1885m = 18.85cm
h 0.45
M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.256 + 1.3575 * 0.40 = 0.494MNm
2 2
Verification if the section is partially compressed:
h h 0.45 0.45
BC = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.495
d d 0.40 0.40
M ua 0.494
cu = = = 0.220
bw * d * f cd 0.70 * 0.40 * 20
cu = 0.220 < 0.495 = BC , therefore the section is partially compressed.
596
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
cu = 0.220
[
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.220) = 0.315]
z c = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.40 * (1 0.4 * 0.315) = 0.350m
M ua 0.494
A = = = 32.46cm
z c * f yd 0.350 * 434.78
N 1.3575
A = A' = 32.46 *10 4 = 1.24cm 2
f yd 434.78
The minimum reinforcement percentage:
EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
Where:
597
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
With:
Ecm
Ecd =
1.2
f cm = f ck + 8MPa = 38MPa
0.3 0.3
f 38
Ecm = 22000 * cm = 22000 * = 32837 MPa
10 10
Ecm 32837
Ecd = = = 27364 MPa
1.2 1.2
b * h 3 0.70 * 0.45 3
Ic = = = 5.316 * 10 3 m 4 (concrete only inertia)
12 12
Es = 200000 MPa
As 6.28 * 10 4
= = = 0.002
Ac 0.70 * 0.45
As
0.002 = < 0.01
Ac
f ck 30
k1 = = = 1.22 MPa
20 20
N Ed 1.3575
n= = = 0.215
Ac . f cd 0.45 * 0.70 * 20
69.28
k2 = n * = 0.215 * = 0.088 0.20
170 170
2 2
As h 6.28.10 4 0.45
Is = 2* * c = 2* * 0.05 = 1.92.10 5 m 4
2 2 2 2
k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.088
K s = 1 and K c = = = 0.049
1 + ef 1 + 1.18
Therefore:
M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed
M 0 Ed = 0.256 MNm (moment of first order (ULS)) taking into account geometric imperfections
598
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
= and c0 = 8 the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
c0
= = 1.234
8
EI 10.82
NB = * 2
=* = 1.32MN
l0 9
The second order moment is:
1.234
M Ed 2 = 0.256 * 1 + = 11.18MNm
1.32
1
1.3575
An additional iteration must be made by increasing the ratio of reinforcement.
599
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Additional iteration:
The iteration is made considering 8HA12 or As = 9.05 cm2
9.05 * 10 4
Therefore = = 0.0029
0.70 * 0.45
Followings are obtained:
Therefore:
N Ed 2 = 1.3575MN
M Ed 2 = 2.48MNm
600
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The reinforcement section must be increased to 8HA20 or As = 25.13 cm2 and = 0.008 .
The followings results are obtained:
Therefore:
N Ed 2 = 1.3575MN
M Ed 2 = 0.563MNm
2
Using the Concrete Tools EC2, combined bending analytical calculation, a 28.80 cm value is found. There must
be another iteration.
601
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Therefore:
N Ed 2 = 1.3575MN
M Ed 2 = 0.499 MNm
2
Using the Concrete Tools EC2, combined bending analytical calculation, a 22.22 cm value is found the
reinforcement of the column is correct.
We therefore retain a theoretical section of 30 cm.
602
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
603
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.67 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a circular concrete column using the simplified
method Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 39)
5.67.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a concrete (C25/30) column with circular cross section using the simplified method
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Simplified Method
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked). To
the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along the Z axis is also blocked.
5.67.2 Background
Determines the longitudinal reinforcement of a circular cross section made from concrete C25/30, using the simplified
method (with professional recommendations).
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: H = 5.00 m,
604
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Radius: r = 0.40 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )
Materials properties
Concrete class C25/30 and steel reinforcement S500B are used. The following characteristics are used in relation to
these materials:
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: XC1
Relative humidity RH=50%
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck = 25MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500 MPa
f ck 25
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 16.67 MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1.15
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a hinged connection (all the translations are blocked) while at
the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd = 1.35 * 5000 kN = 6750 kN = 6.750 MN
605
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
I
i= , radius of giration of uncraked concrete section
A
Where:
*r4
I= , second moment of inertia for circular cross sections
4
* (0.4m) 4
I= = 0.02011m 4
4
A = * r 2 , cross section area
A = * (0.4m) 2 = 0.503m 2
Therefore:
*r4
I 4 = r 2 r 0.40m
i= = = = = 0.20m
A *r2 4 2 2
L0 L0 2 * L0 2 * 5.00m
= = = = = 25
i r r 0.40m
2
The method of professional rules can be applied If the following conditions are met:
< 120
20 < f ck < 50MPa
h > 0.15m
Reinforcement calculation:
= 25 60 , therefore:
0.84 0.84
= 2
= 2
= 0.68
25
1+ 1+
52 52
k h = (0.70 + 0.5 * D) * (1 8 * * ) for D < 0.60 m, if not k h = 1.00 , where D is the diameter of the cross
section
Therefore:
606
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
k h = 1.00
f yk
k s = 1.6 0.65 * for f yk > 500 MPa and > 30 ,if not k s = 1.00
500
f yk 500
f yd = = = 434.78MPa
1.15 1.15
Therefore:
k s = 1.00
1 N ed 1 6.750
As = * * r 2 * f cd = * * 0.4 2 *16.67 = 35.58cm
f yd k h * k s * 434 .78 1. 00 * 1. 00 * 0.68
2
Theoretical reinforcement area(cm )
(reference value: 35.58 cm2 = 2 x 17.79 cm2)
607
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.68 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small
rotation moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram(Class XC1)(SOCOTEC France-Test 43)
5.68.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a small rotation
moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1).
The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal curvature method, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
5.68.2 Background
The calculation is based on the nominal curvature method.
Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal curvature method, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Concrete cover 3 cm (on local y axis) and 5cm (on local z axis)
Transversal reinforcement spacing a = 40cm
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The column is considered isolated and braced
608
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.50 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd = 1.35 * 150 + 1.50 * 100 = 352.50kN = 0.353MN
MEd = 1.35 * 15 + 1.50 * 7 = 30.75kNm = 0.03075MNm
609
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
l0 = 2 * l = 11.60m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
= = = 80.37
a 0.50
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:
M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
e1 = e0 + ei
l0 11.60
ei = = = 0.029m
400 400
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:
M Eqp 0 15 + 0.30 * 7
e1 = e0 + ei = + ei = + 0.029 = 0.124m
N Eqp 0 150 + 0.30 * 100
M Ed 1 = 0.041MNm
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.72
f cm 30 + 8
610
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0
0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
35 35 35 35
f cm > 35MPa therefore: 1 = = = 0.944 and 2 = = = 0.984
f cm 38 f cm 38
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.72
h0 = = = 250mm RH = 1 +
u 2 * (500 + 500 ) 0.1 * 3 250
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488 = 2.28
The effective creep coefficient calculation:
M EQP 0.02232
ef = (, t 0 )* = 2.28 * = 1.24
M Ed 0.041
20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:
N Ed 0.353
n= = = 0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
1 1
A=
(1 + 0.2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.25 = 0.80
=
C = 1,7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known
611
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Ed 0.03075
e0 = = = 0.087 m
N Ed 0.353
Additional eccentricity:
l0 11.6
ei = = = 0.029m
400 400
The first order eccentricity: stresses correction
For reinforced concrete section subjected to a combination of bending moment and compression, EN 1992-1-1
chapter 6.1 (4) recommends to consider the design value of bending moment at least M = N Ed * e0 , where:
20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 500mm = max = 20mm
16.7mm
30 30
In this case, the corrected forces used for the combined flexural calculations are:
N Ed = 0.353MN
612
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
h 0.50
M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.041 + 0.353 * 0.45 = 0.112MNm
2 2
Verification about the partially compressed section:
h h 0.50 0.50
BC = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.8 * * (1 0.4 * ) = 0.494
d d 0.45 0.45
M ua 0.112
cu = = = 0.055
bw * d * f cd 0.50 * 0.45 * 20
cu = 0.055 < BC = 0.494 therefore the section is partially compressed
cu = 0.055
[ ]
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.055) = 0.071
z c = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.45 * (1 0.4 * 0.071) = 0.437 m
M ua 0.112
A = = = 5.89cm
z c * f yd 0.437 * 434.78
613
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
1 1
= K r * K *
r r0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)
f yd
434.78
1 yd Es
= = = 200000 = 0.0107 m 1
r0 (0.45 * d ) (0.45 * d ) 0.45 * 0.45
Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:
nu n
Kr = 1
nu nbal
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(3)
N Ed 0.353
n= = = 0.0706
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
As * f yd 5 * 104 * 434.78
= = = 0.0435
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
nu = 1 + = 1 + 0.0435 = 1.0435
nbal = 0,4
1.0435 0.0706
Kr = = 1.51
1.0435 0.40
Condition: K r 1 , therefore we consider: K r = 1
K creep coefficient: K = 1 + * ef 1
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(4)
,
Therefore:
1 1
= K r * K * = 1 * 1 * 0.0107 = 0.0107m 1
r r0
Calculation moment:
The calculation of bending moment is defined by the following formula:
M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2
614
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where:
M 2 = N Ed * e2
1 l02 11.60
e2 = * = 0.0107 * = 0.1799m
r c 8
Note: c = 8 according to chapter 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1; because the moment is constant (no horizontal force
at the top of column).
M Ed 0.1045
= = = 0.0418
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 2 * 20
2
615
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
616
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
617
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.69.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C30/37 subjected to eccentric loading - Bilinear stress-
strain diagram (Class X0).
The verification of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal and transversal
reinforcement.
- Support at start point (x = 0) fixed connection
- Support at end point (x = 5.00) fixed connection
5.69.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist eccentric loading. During
this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal and transversal
reinforcement.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
618
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.30 m,
Width: b = 0.18 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.054 m ,
Concrete cover: c=5cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.25m; ebz=0.035m
The load eccentricity will be considered of 0.50m
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) fixed connection
Inner: None.
619
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
b 3 3
TA = P * e * = 0,5 * P * = P
a+b 5 10
a 2 1
TB = P * e * = 0,5 * P * = P
a+b 5 5
Note: the diagram of bending moment is the same as the shear force multiplied by the eccentricity.
3 3
TEd = * Pu = * 20,7 = 6.21KNm
10 10
After the point of application of torque, the torque is:
Pu 20.7
TEd = = = 4.14 KNm
5 5
Result ADVANCE Design 2012 - Moment: (in kNm)
Reference value: 6.21 kNm and -4.14kNm
620
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
6 * Pu 6 * 20,7
M Ed = = = 24,84 KNm = 0,0248MNm
5 5
Simple bending design:
0,0248
cu = = 0,110
0,18 * 0.25 * 20
( )
u = 1,25 * 1 1 2 * 0,110 = 0,146
zc = 0.25 * (1 0,4 * 0,146) = 0,235m
0,0248
Au = = 2,43 * 10 4 m = 2,43cm
0,235 * 434,78
TEd * uk
Al = * cot
2 * Ak * f yd
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(3)
Ak = (b tef ) * (h tef )
with:
A 0.18 * 0.30
tef = max 2 * c; = max 2 * 0.035; = max(0.07;0.05625) = 0.07m
u 2 * (0.18 + 0.3)
0.00414 * 0.68
Al = = 1.28cm
2 * 0.0253 * 434.78
Torsion transversal reinforcement - Before application of the moment
621
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Concrete verification:
Calculation of the maximum allowable stress under torsional moment:
f
v = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.528
250
TRd , max = 2 * 0.528 * 20 * 0.0253 * 0.07 * 0.70 * 0.70 = 0.018MN
Calculation of the maximum allowable stress under shear:
cot + cot
VRd , max = bw * z * v * f cd *
1 + cot
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(3)
TEd VEd
+ 1,0
TRd , max VRd , max
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)
0.0062 0.0124
+ = 0.400 1,0
0.018 0.223
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
622
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
623
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.70 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam supporting a balcony
- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 45)
5.70.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C25/30 supporting a balcony - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the column resistance to rotation moment along its length. During this test, the determination of stresses is
made along with the determination of the longitudinal and transversal reinforcement.
5.70.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist rotation moment along its
length. During this test, the calculation of stresses is performed, along with the calculation of the longitudinal and
transversal reinforcement.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
624
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.75 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 4.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.1875 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4cm
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,
Support at end point (x = 4.00) fixed connection
Inner: None.
625
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Load calculation:
From previously calculated results, the following stresses can be determined:
Shear:
VEd
Bending moment:
M Ed
Torque:
TEd
Pu * l 21,14 * 4
VEd = = = 42,3KN = 0,042 MN
2 2
Bending moment at the supports:
Pu * l 21,14 * 4
M Ed = = = 28,2 KNm = 0,028MNm
12 12
Maximum Moment at middle of span:
Pu * l 21,14 * 4
M Ed = = = 14,1KNm = 0,014 MNm
24 24
Torsion moment:
For a beam subjected to a torque constant:
626
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
0,014
cu = = 0,007
0,25 * 0.70 * 16.67
( )
u = 1,25 * 1 1 2 * 0,007 = 0,0088
zc = 0.70 * (1 0,4 * 0,0088) = 0,697 m
0,014
Au = = 4.62 * 10 4 m = 0.46cm
0,697 * 434,78
f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
Minimum reinforcement percentage verification: As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w
f ct , eff 2.56
0.26 * * bw * d = 0.26 * * 0.25 * 0.70 = 2.27cm
As , min = Max f yk 500 = 2.27cm
0.0013 * bw * d = 0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.70 = 2.27cm
Therefore, it retains 2.27 cm .
0,028
cu = = 0,014
0,25 * 0.70 * 16.67
(
u = 1,25 * 1 1 2 * 0,014 = 0,018)
zc = 0.70 * (1 0,4 * 0,018) = 0,695m
0,028
Au = = 9.27 * 10 4 m = 0.93cm
0,695 * 434,78
It also retains 2.27 cm (minimum percentage).
Shear reinforcement
VEd = 0,042MN
The transmission to the support is not direct; it is considered a connecting rod inclined by 45, therefore cot = 1
cot + cot
VRd , max = bw * z * v * f cd *
1 + cot
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(4)
627
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Vertical frames:
25
v = 0,6 * 1 = 0.54
250
cot + cot bw * zc * v * f cd 0.25 * 0.695 * 0.54 * 16.67
VRd , max = bw * zc * v * f cd * = = = 0.78MN
1 + cot tg + cot 2
v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max =
tg + cot
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(3)
Asw
w,min .bw . sin
s
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 9.2.2(5)
With:
0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 25
w, min = = = 0.0008
f yk 500
Asw
0.0008 * 0.25 = 2cm / ml
s
Therefore:
Asw
2cm / ml
s
Torsion calculation:
TEd
t ,i =
2 * tef ,i * Ak
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(1)
2 * c = 8cm
= max = A ( 25 * 75)
tef ,i = 9.375cm = 9.375cm
u 2(25 + 75)
628
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
TEd 0.03
t,i = = = 1.56Mpa
2 * t ef ,i * A k 2 * 0.09375 * 0.1025
Concrete verification:
Calculate the maximum allowable stress in the rods:
f
v = 0,6 * 1 ck = 0.54
250
TRd , max = 2 * 0.54 * 16.67 * 0.1025 * 0.09375 * 0.70 * 0.70 = 0.085MN
Because of the combined share/moment effect, we must calculate:
TEd VEd
+ 1,0
TRd , max VRd , max
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(4)
0.03 0.042
+ = 0.399 1,0
0.085 0.78
Torsion longitudinal reinforcement
TEd * uk
Al = * cot
2 * Ak * f yd
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(3)
0.03 * 1.625
Al = = 5.47cm
2 * 0.1025 * 434.78
Torsion transversal reinforcement
AswT
Therefore 3,36cm / ml for each face.
sT
629
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2
Transversal reinforcement (3.36cm /ml)
630
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.71.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made of concrete C30/37. The verification of the axial
stresses applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
Method based on nominal stiffness - The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the
method of nominal stiffness, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free at the top part.
5.71.2 Background
Method based on nominal stiffness
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made of concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal stiffness, and
then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
631
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.40 m,
Width: b = 0.60 m,
Length: L = 4.00 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm along the long section edge and 3cm along the short section edge
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd =1.35*0.30+1.5*0.50=1.155MN
NQP=1.35*0.30+0.30*0.50=0.450MN
632
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
l0 = 2 * l = 2 * 4 = 8m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 8
= = = 69.28
a 0.40
Effective creep coefficient calculation:
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:
M EQP
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.73MPa
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0
RH = relative humidity; RH=50%
0.7 0.2
35 35
Where 1 = 2 = 1 if f cm 35MPa if not 1 = and 2 =
f
cm f cm
2 * Ac 2 * 400 * 600
h0 = = = 240mm
u 2 * (400 + 600 )
633
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
RH 50
1 1
RH = 1 + 100 * * = 1 + 100 * 0.944 * 0.984 = 1.73
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0 0.1 * 3 240
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 ) = 1.73 * 2.73 * 0.488 = 2.30
M EQP
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.30 * 0.39 = 0.90
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:
N Ed 1.155
n= = = 0.241
Ac * f cd 0.40 * 0.60 * 20
1 1
A=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 * 0.90 = 0.85
=
C = 1,7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known
634
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Initial eccentricity:
No initial eccentricity because the post is subjected only in simple compression.
Additional eccentricity:
l0 8
ei = = = 0.02m
400 400
First order eccentricity- stresses correction:
20mm
20mm
20mm
e0 = max h = max 400mm = max = 20mm
13.3mm
30 30
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)
The corrected solicitations which are taken into account when calculating the column under combined bending effort
and compression, are:
NEd= 1.155MN
MEd= 1.155*0.02=0.0231MNm
h 0.40
M ua = M G 0 + N * (d ) = 0.0231 + 1.155 * 0.35 = 0.196MNm
2 2
Verification if the section is partially compressed:
h h 0,40 0,40
BC = 0,8 * * (1 0,4 * ) = 0,8 * * (1 0,4 * ) = 0,496
d d 0,35 0,35
M ua 0.196
cu = = = 0.133
bw * d * f cd 0.60 * 0.35 * 20
635
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
cu = 0.133
[
u = 1,25 * 1 (1 2 * 0,133) = 0,179]
zc = d * (1 0,4 * u ) = 0,35 * (1 0,4 * 0,179) = 0,325m
M ua 0,196
A = = = 13.87cm
zc * f yd 0,325 * 434,78
N 1.155
A = A' = 13.87 * 10 4 = 12.69cm 2
f yd 434.78
The minimum reinforcement percentage:
EI = K c * Ecd * I c + K s * Es * I s
With:
Ecm
Ecd =
1.2
f cm = f ck + 8MPa = 38MPa
0.3 0.3
f 38
Ecm = 22000 * cm = 22000 * = 32837 MPa
10 10
Ecm 32837
Ecd = = = 27364 MPa
1.2 1.2
b * h3 0.60 * 0.403
Ic = = = 3,2.10 3 m4
12 12 (concrete only inertia)
Es = 200000 MPa
As 6,09.10 4
= = = 0.00254
Ac 0.60 * 0.40
636
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
As
0.002 = < 0.01
Ac
f ck 30
k1 = = = 1.22 Mpa
20 20
N Ed 1.155
n= = = 0.241
Ac . f cd 0.40 * 0.60 * 20
69.28
k2 = n * = 0.241* = 0.098 0.20
170 170
2 2
A h 6,09.10 4 0.40
Is = 2 * s * c = 2 * * 0.05 = 1,37.10 5 m4
2 2 2 2
k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.098
K s = 1 and K c = = = 0.063
1 + ef 1 + 0.90
Therefore:
Stresses correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the time of the first order:
M Ed = M 0 Ed * 1 +
NB
1
N Ed
M 0 Ed = 0.0231MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)
= and c0 = 8 the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
c0
= = 1.234
8
EI 8.2566
NB = * 2
=* = 1.27327 MN
l0 8
The second order efforts are:
N Ed 2 = 1.155MN
M Ed 2 = 0.3015MN .m
637
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
638
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.72 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the
simplified method Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated
by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 38)
5.72.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section concrete C25/30 column using the simplified method Professional rules -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked). At
the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along the Z axis is also blocked.
5.72.2 Background
Simplified Method
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
639
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.30 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 6.50 m,
Concrete cover: c=5cm
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked) and
to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
N ED = 1.35 * 800 = 1080kN
L0 L L L L L * 12 6.5 * 12
= = 0 = 0 = 0 = 0 = 0 = = 75.06
i I a4 a2 a a 0.3
A 12 12 12
2
a
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004) Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)
The method of professional rules can be applied as:
< 120
20 < f ck < 50 MPa
h > 0.15m
Reinforcement calculation:
f yk 500
k s = 1.6 0.6 * = 1.6 0.6 * =1
500 500
1 N ed 1 1.08
As = * b * h * f cd = * 0.3 * 0.5 *16.67 = 23.43cm
f yd k *
h s k * 434. 78 0 . 93 * 1 * 0 .33
640
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
641
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.73.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a significant rotation moment and small
compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal curvature method, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
5.73.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal curvature method, and then
calculate the member by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
642
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height and width are equal (square shape): b = h = 0.50 m,
Length: l = 5.80 m,
Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 3 cm; ehy = 3 cm)
Materials properties
The following characteristics are used in relation to concrete class C30/37 and steel reinforcement S500B materials:
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
Exposure class: XC1
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck = 30MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500 MPa
f ck 30
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 20MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1.15
Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es = 200000 MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
NEd = 1.35 * 15kN + 1.50 * 7kN = 30.75 kN = 0.03075 MN
MEd = 1.35 * 150kNm + 1.50 * 100kNm = 352.50 kNm = 0.3525 MNm
M Ed 0.352 MNm
e0 = = = 11.45m
N Ed 0.03075MN
643
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
l0 = 2 * l = 11.60m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:
2 3 * l0 2 3 *11.60m
= = = 80.37
h 0.50m
Effective creep coefficient calculation
The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:
M Eqp
ef = (, t0 ).
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
e1 = e0 + ei
ei = 0.029m
Eccentricity e1 is determined considering the first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:
M Ed = 0.3525MNm
The creep coefficient (,t0 ) is defined as follows:
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
16.8 16.8
( f cm ) = = = 2.72
f cm 30 + 8
1 1
(t0 ) = 0.20
= = 0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1 + t0 0.1 + 280.20
644
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
RH
1
RH = 1 + 100 * *
1 2
0.1 * 3 h0
0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
35 35 35 35
f cm > 35MPa therefore: 1 = = = 0.944 and 2 = = = 0.984
f cm 38 f cm 38
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 0.5m * 0.5m 100
h0 = = = 0.250m = 250mm RH = 1 + * 0 .944 * 0.984 = 1.72
u 2 * (0.5m + 0.5m ) 0.1* 3 250
M EQP 0.181MNm
ef = (, t0 ) * = 2.28 * = 1.17
M Ed 0.352 MNm
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
20 * A * B * C
lim =
n
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:
N Ed 0.031
n= = = 0.0062
Ac * f cd 0.50 * 20
1 1
A=
(1 + 0,2 * ef ) 1 + 0.2 *1.17 = 0.81
=
C = 1.7 rm = 0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known
645
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Ed 0.3525MNm
e0 = = = 11.46m
N Ed 0.03075MN
Additional eccentricity:
l0 11.6m
ei = = = 0.029m
400 400
The corrected forces, which are used for the combined flexural calculations, are the following:
N Ed = 0.03075MN
h 500 mm
e0 = max 20 mm; = max 20 mm; = max( 20 mm; 16.7 mm ) = 20 mm
30 30
Corrected bending moment is bigger than this value, so clause 6.1 (4) is fulfilled.
646
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Ed 0.353MNm
= = = 0.141
b * h * f cd 0.50m * 0.50 2 m 2 * 20 MPa
2
N Ed 0.03075MN
= = = 0.00615
b * h * f cd 0.5m * 0.5m * 20 MPa
Therefore:
= 0.35
The total reinforcement area will be:
* 0.50 2 m 2 * 20MPa
As = 434.78MPa
= 40.25cm 2 which means 20.125cm2 per face.
1 1
= K r * K *
r r0
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)
f yd
434.78MPa
1 yd Es
= = = 200000 MPa = 0.0107 m 1
r0 (0.45 * d ) (0.45 * d ) 0.45 * 0.45m
Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:
nu n
Kr = 1
nu nbal
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(3)
N Ed 0.03075MN
n= = = 0.00615
Ac * f cd 0.50 m 2 * 20 MPa
nbal = 0.4
1.350 0.00615
Kr = = 1.41
1.350 0.40
Condition: K r 1 , therefore it will be considered: K r = 1
K K = 1 + * ef 1
creep coefficient:
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(4)
647
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
therefore
M Ed = M 0 Ed + M 2
Where:
M 2 = N Ed * e2
1 l2 11.60
e2 = * 0 = 0.0107 * = 0.1799m
r c 8
Note: c = 8 according to 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1; because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top
of column).
N Ed = 0.03075MN
M Ed = 0.35853MNm
M Ed 0.35853
= = = 0.143
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.52 * 20
2
648
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Meaning a 20.125 cm2 per side (which confirms the initial section)
649
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
650
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.74 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal
force of traction - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 46 II)
5.74.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section beam made of concrete C20/25 subjected to a normal force of traction - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class X0).
Tie sizing
Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Determines the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, subjected to a normal force of traction.
The load combinations will produce the following rotation efforts:
NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kNm
The boundary conditions are described below:
- Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection
- Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked
5.74.2 Background
Determines the reinforcement of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30, subjected to a normal force
of traction, analyzed with both bilinear stress-strain and inclined stress-strain laws.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
651
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.15 m,
Width: b = 0.15 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.00225 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 3 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 3 cm; ehz = 3 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 3 cm; ehy = 3 cm )
Materials Properties
C20/25
Reinforcement S400, Class: B
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 20 MPa
Value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8(MPa) = 28MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 400 MPa
2
Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: f ctm = 0.30 * ( f ck ) = 2.21MPa
3
f ck 20 MPa
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 13.33MPa
c 1 .5
f yk 400 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 347.82 MPa
s 1.15
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) fixed connection,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
652
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
N Ed 0.400
As ,U = = 11.50 * 10 4 m = 11.50cm
s ,U 400
1.15
It will be used a 4HA20 A = 12.57cm2
S 400 B s ,U = 373MPa
N Ed 0.400
As ,U = = 10.72 * 10 4 m = 10.72cm
s ,U 373
It can be seen that the gain is not negligible (about 7%).
f ctm
As Ac *
f yk
653
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
In case of using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az = 10.74 cm2 = 2*5.36 cm2)
654
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.75.1 Description
Verifies the beam''s longitudinal reinforcement area on the support with linear load applied along the linear element
5.75.2 Background
Units
Metric
Geometry
Length: L = 13.50 m,
Area: A = 3000 cm
Materials properties
655
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
Hinge at end x = 4.50, 9.00, 13.50 m
Restrained in translation on x,y axes and restrained in rotation on x axis x = 0.00 m.
Loading
Uniformly distributed load of G1k = -33.00 kN/m
Uniformly distributed load of G2k = -25.74 kN/m
Uniformly distributed load of Q1k = -13.20 kN/m
656
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.76 EC2 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Main reinforcement design for simple supported
beam
5.76.1 Description
CSN EN1992-1-1: Required tension reinforcement design for simple supported rectangular beam
5.76.2 Background
Design of main reinforcement for simple supported beam
Verifies values of minimal and theoretical reinforcement areas for rectangular beam made of concrete C20/25,
reinforcement B500B. Design is considered for Ultimate Limit State with uniform distribution of stresses in
compressed concrete and unlimited reshaping of tensioned reinforcement. Self weight is taken into account.
Bilinear stress-strain diagram for reinforcement.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 450 mm,
Width: b = 250 mm,
Length: L = 6000 mm,
3 2
Section area: A = 112.5*10 mm ,
Reinforcement center of gravity position: d = 38 mm,
Effective height: d = 412 mm
657
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Concrete: C20/25
Weight: 2500 kg/m3
c = 1.15
Reinforcement: B500B
fyk = 500 MPa
s = 1.15
Es = 200 GPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (Z=0), hinged connection,
Support at end point (Z = 6.0) hinged connection restrained to rotate around Z
Inner: none
Loading
The beam is subjected to following load combination:
Ultimate Limit State:
qEd = 1.35*(g + g) + 1.5*q = 1.35*(10 + 0,25*0,45*2500*9.81) + 1.5*15 = 39.72 kN/m
Reinforcement design
Theoretical reinforcement
Minimal reinforcement
2.2
0.26 = 0.26 0.25 0.412 = 119 106 2
= 500
0.0013 = 0.0013 0.25 0.412 = 134 106 2
658
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
FEM Results
Bending moment for Ultimate Limit State (reference value 178.74 kNm)
2
Minimal reinforcement area (reference value 1.34 cm )
659
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.77 EC2 / NF EN1992-1-1 - France: Verifying a T concrete section - Inclined stress-strain diagram
(Class XC3)
5.77.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to calculate the longitudinal reinforcement of a T-Beam with inclinated stress-strain
diagram with a XC3 class concrete.
5.77.2 Background
Verifies the reinforcement area on a T concrete section (C35/45)..
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 1.25 m,
Width: b = 0.55 m,
Length: L = 14.00 m,
Concrete cover: cnom=4 cm
Reinforcement S500, Class: B, ss=500 MPa Inclinated stress-strain diagram
660
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Fck=355 MPa
The load combinations will produce the following efforts:
MEd= 214.5 kN.m
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) hinged connection,
Support at end point (x=14) hinged connection.
Inner: None.
Moment values
MEd =pEd x L/8
Combination type Value (kN.m)
ULS combination 5 255
SLS CQ combination 2 695
M Ed 5.255
As = = = 110 cm
(1 0.4 )d (1 0.4 0.122)1.10 454
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
29 nodes,
1 linear element.
661
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.78 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot B
efforts Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4 II)
5.78.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement.
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot B efforts. For these tests, the constitutive law for
reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
The objective is to verify the longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class B reinforcement steel ductility.
5.78.2 Background
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
This test performs the verification of the value (hence the position of the neutral axis) to determine the Pivot efforts
(A or B) to be considered for the calculations.
The distinction between the Pivot A and Pivot B efforts is from the following diagram:
xu cu 2 cu 2
= = x u = .d = .d
d ud + cu 2 ud + cu 2
The limit for depends of the ductility class:
662
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
There will be considered a Class B reinforcement steel
The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class B reinforcement steel ductility
The minimum reinforcement percentage
663
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.90 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.45 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 4.00 cm
Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.806 m; d = ebz = 0.040 m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
There will be considered a Class B reinforcement steel ductility
The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
fck 25
Concrete C25/30: fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 500
Steel S500 : f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.
664
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Dead load:
G=0.9*0.5*2.5=11.25 kN/ml
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25+11.25)+1.5*50=123.94 kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+11.25+50=86.25kN/ml
Load calculations:
123.94 * 5.80
M Ed = = 521.16kNm
8
86.25 * 5.80
M Ecq = = 362.68kNm
8
5.78.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
For S500B reinforcement steel, we have lu = 0.372 (since we consider no limit on the compression concrete to
SLS).
M Ed 0.52116 * 103 Nm
cu = = = 0,096
bw * d * f cd 0,50m * 0.806 m 2 * 16,67 MPa
The value:
A design in simple bending is performed and it will be considered a design stress of concrete equal to f cd .
665
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2
For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=15.13cm )
666
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.79 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to tension
load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 47I)
5.79.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. Verification of the
bending stresses at ultimate limit state and serviceability limit state is performed.
Verification is done according to EN 1992-1-1 French annex.
5.79.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate and Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.04 m ,
Concrete cover: c=5.00cm
667
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are
used in relation to this material:
Exposure class XD2
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0=28 days
Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Ultimate Limit State:
NEd = 1.35 * G + 1.5 * Q = 1.35 * 135 + 1.5 * 150 = 407 kN
5.79.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement and the crack width
N Ed 0.407
As ,U = = 9.37 * 10 4 m = 9.37cm
s ,U 500
1.15
Calculating for serviceability limit state:
N ser
As , ser
S
s = 0,8 * f yk = 0,8 * 500 = 400Mpa
0.285
As ,ser = 7.13 *10 4 m = 7.13cm
400
668
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Final reinforcement
Is retained the steel section between the maximum theoretical calculation at ULS and calculating the SLS or
Ath = 9.37 cm .
Therefore, 4HA20 = A = 12.57 cm .
Constraint checking to the ELS:
N ser 0.285
s = s => = 226.80 MPa s = 400 MPa
As ,ser 0.001257
0.425 * k1 * k2 *
sr , max = k3 * c +
p , eff
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(3)
The effective depth d must be estimated by considering the real reinforcement of the beam:
2
d = 20 5 0.6 = 13.4cm
2
2.5 * (h d ) 2.5 * (0.20 0.134) = 0.165
Ac , eff = b * min h = 0.20 * min 0.20 = 0.020
= 0 . 100
2 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2); Figure: 7.1
Ac ,eff = 0.040m this value was multiplied by two because the section is fully stretched
As 12.57 * 104
p , eff = = = 0.031
Ac , eff 0.040
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)
n1 * 12 + n2 * 22
eq = = 20mm
n1 * 1 + n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)
0.425 * k1 * k2 *
sr , max = k3 * c +
p , eff
Concrete cover of 5cm and HA6 reinforcement, therefore c=5+0.6=5.6cm
k 1 = 0.8 HA bars
669
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Es 200000
e = = = 6.35
Ecm 31476
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2)
Steel stresses in SLSqp:
N ser qp 0.180
s = = = 143.2Mpa
As ,ser 0.001257
fct,eff 2.56
s k t * * (1 + e * p,eff ) 143 0.4 * * (1 + 6.35 * 0.031)
p,eff 0.031
sm cm = = =
Es 200000
s
= 5.17 * 10 4 0,6 * = 4.30 * 10 4
Es
f ctm
As Ac .
f yk
Because h<0.3m
670
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
671
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
672
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.80.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C25/30 subjected to a tension distributed load - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XD2).
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
area and the verification of the minimum reinforcement area.
5.80.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.04 m ,
673
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Concrete cover: c = 5.00 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local
z axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel are used. The following characteristics are
used in relation to this material:
Exposure class XD2
3
Concrete density: 25 kN/m
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
The concrete age t0 = 28 days
Humidity RH = 50%
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck = 25MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk = 500 MPa
f ck 25
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd = = = 16.67 MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500 MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1.15
2
Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: f ctm = 0.30 * ( f ck ) = 2.56 MPa
3
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions:
5.80.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal and the minimum reinforcement
N ser
As , ser
S
674
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
675
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.81 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Reinforcement calculation for a simple bending beam
5.81.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to calculate the bottom reinforcement area for a beam in simple bending.
5.81.2 Background
Bottom reinforcement area for a beam in simple bending
Determines the reinforcement of the middle section of the beam in ultimate limit state in the case of the steel
inclined deformation diagram.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Materials characteristics
Exposure class XD2.
Cracking verification not required.
Materials:
concrete: fck = 25 MPa, cu2 = cu3 = 3, 5 / 1 000
steel: S 500 A
Concrete:
676
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
,
f ck >< 50 MPa
= 0,8
f ck = 25MPa < 50 MPa
=1
f ck
f cu = cc
c
25
f cu = 1 1 = 16,7 MPa
1,5
c = k1 f ck
c = 0,6 25 = 15MPa
Steel:
f yk
f yd =
s
500
f yd = = 435MPa
1,15
s = k 3 f yk
s = 0,8 500 = 400MPa
Boundary conditions
Start point (x=0) : Hinged,
End point (x=5) : Hinged.
= 25 kN/m3
g = g1 + .bw .h
p u = 1,35.18,10 + 1,5.9
p u = 37,94 kN/m
l eff2
M Ed = Pu
8
677
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
6,85 2
M Ed = 37,94
8
M Ed = 222,53mkN
pser = 18,10 + 9
Coefficient
M Ed
=
M ser
222,53
= = 1,40
158,95
Calculation of tensioned reinforcements at ultimate limit state in the case of the steel inclined
deformation diagram
M Ed
cu =
bw d 2 f cu
0,22253
cu = = 0,245
0,18 0,55 2 16,7
1
[
u = 1 1 2 cu
]
u =
1
0,8
[1 1 2 0,245 ] = 0,357
Ductility class and f ck AB
S 500 A steel and f ck = 25MPa
= 0,1346
AB
AB = 0,1019
678
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
cu >< AB Pivot
z c = d 1 u
2
0,8
z c = 0,551 0,357 = 0,472m
2
M Ed
As1,u =
z c s1
0,22253
As1,u = 10 4 = 10,74cm 2
0,472 439
679
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.82 A23.3-04 - Canada: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement value on a one-way reinforced
concrete slab
5.82.1 Description
This test is about the calculation of the bottom longitudinal reinforcement values for a one-way slab loaded with a
distributed load (dead loads + live loads)
5.82.2 Background
This test checks the calculation of the bottom longitudinal reinforcement for a one way reinforced concrete slab
simply supported. This slab is loaded by distributed loads (dead loads and live loads).
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the concrete slab characteristics:
Thickness: e = 300 mm,
Width: b = 1000mm,
Length: L = 6 m,
Concrete cover: c=30 mm => means an effective slab depth equal to 270mm
Concrete material: fc= 25 Mpa (c= 0.65)
Steel reinforcement material: fy= 400Mpa (s= 0.85)
680
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The slab is considered as simply supported.
This is a simply supported slab and the maximum bending moment at the midspan can be calculated from the
following equation:
w f .l 15 6
Mf = = = 67.50 KN .m / m
8 8
With this equation, we consider the one-way slab as a rectangular beam of 1m width.
We calculate the required area of tensioned reinforcement using the direct procedure, considering that Mr = M f
3,85.M r
As = 0,0015. f c' .b. d d
f c' .b
3,85 67,50.106
As = 0,0015 25 1000 270 270 = 750mm / m
25 1000
681
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
682
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.83.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
5.83.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
683
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
fck 25
Concrete C25/30: fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 500
Steel S500 : f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2
0. 3 0. 3
f +8 25 + 8
E cm = 22000 * ck = 22000 * = 31476MPa
10 10
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Permanent loads:
G=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(15+3.75)+1.5*20=55.31kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml
Load calculations:
684
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
55,31 * 5,80
M Ed = = 232,59kN .m
8
38,75 * 5,80
M Ecq = = 162,94kN .m
8
24,75 * 5,80
M Eqp = = 104,07kN .m
8
(, t 0 ) = RH * ( fcm ) * ( t 0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2
16.8 16.8
( fcm ) = = = 2.925
fcm 25 + 8
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4
1 1
( t 0 ) = = = 0.488 at t0=28 days
0.1 + t 00.20 0.1 + 28 0.20
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5
The value of the RH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:
RH
1
= 1 + 100 * 1 * 2
RH
0.1 * 3 h
0
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a
1 = 2 = 1 if fCM = 35MPa
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not: 1 =
and 2 =
fcm fcm
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 250 * 600 100
h0 = = = 176.47mm RH = 1+ = 1.89
u 2 * ( 250 + 600) 0.1 * 3 176.47
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6
Es
e =
E cm
MEqp
1 + (, t 0 ) *
MEcar
Defined earlier:
38,75 * 5,80
MEcar = = 162,94kN.m
8
685
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
24,75 * 5,80
MEqp = = 104,07kN.m
8
This gives:
200000
e = = 17.32
31476
104.07
1 + 2.70 *
162.94
5.83.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XD1, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the
reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book Practice of EC2:
This value can be determined by the next formula if f ck < 50MPa valid for a constitutive law to horizontal plateau:
fck
luc = K( e ) *
( 4.69 1.70 * ) * fck + (159.90 76.20 * )
(
K ( e ) = 10 4 * a + b * e + c * e 2 )
The values of the coefficients "a", "b" and "c" are defined in the following table:
232,58
= = 1,43
162,94
f ck
luc = K ( e ). = 0.2504
( 4.69 1.70 * ) * f ck + (159.90 76.20 * )
686
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M Ed 0,233
cu = = = 0,207
bw * d * f cd 0,25 * 0,519 * 16,67
e * c 17.32 * 15
1 = = = 0,394
e * c + s 17.32 * 15 + 400
M ser , cq = 163kNm < M rb there in no compressed steel reinforcement. This confirms what we previously
found by determining the critical moment limit depending on the coefficient of equivalence and .
Then we calculate the reinforcement resulted from the SLS efforts (assuming the maximum constrain is reached on
steel and concrete):
fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w
Therefore:
2.56
0.26 * * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.73 * 10 4 m
A s,min = max 500 = 1.73cm
0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519 = 1.70 * 10 4 m
687
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
688
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
689
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.84.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for the My resulted stresses for the USL load combination and
for the results of the theoretical reinforcement area Az.
5.84.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The objective is to verify:
The theoretical reinforcement area results
Units
Metric System
690
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Beam length: 8m
Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.435 m; d=ebz=0.035m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
f ck 25
Concrete C25/30: f cd = = = 10.67 MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
f yk 500
Steel S500B : f yd = = = 434.78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*45+1.5*37.4=116.85kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=45+34.7=79.7kN/ml
Load calculations:
691
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
116.85 * 8
M Ed = = 934.8kNm
8
5.84.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment
At first it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:
hf 0.15
M btu = beff * h f * d * f cd == 1.00 * 0.15 * 0.435 * 16.67 = 9kNm
2 2
Comparing Mbtu with MEd:
Theoretical section 2:
The moment corresponding to this section is:
hf 0.15
M Ed 2 = (beff bw ) * h f * f cd * d = (1 0.20) * 0.15 *16.67 * 0.435 =
2 2
= 720kNm
According to this value, the steel section is:
M Ed 2 0.720
A2 = = = 46.00cm
hf 0.15
d * f yd 0.435 * 347.8
2 2
Theoretical section 1:
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section.
[ ] [
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.341) = 0.544]
z c1 = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.435 * (1 0.40 * 0.544) = 0.340m
M Ed 1 0.215
A1 = = = 14.52cm
z c1 * f yd 0.340 * 347.78
Theoretical section 1:
In conclusion, the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=46+14.52=60.52cm2
692
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
693
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.85.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to determine the theoretical reinforcement area Az for a T concrete beam subjected to
bending efforts at ultimate limit state (ULS).
The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
5.85.2 Background
Verifies the theoretical reinforcement area for a T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms
the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
The objective is to test:
The theoretical reinforcement area
694
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Beam length: 8m
Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.482 m; d=ebz=0.035m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S400B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
f ck 25
Concrete C25/30: f cd = = = 10.67 MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
f yk 400
Steel S400B : f yd = = = 347.83MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
695
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
hf 0.12
M btu = beff * h f * d * f cd == 1.10 * 0.12 * 0.482 *16.67 = 928kNm
2 2
Comparing Mbtu with MEd:
Therefore, the concrete section is not entirely compressed; This requires a calculation considering a rectangular
section of b=110cm and d=48.2cm.
M Ed 1 0.218
cu = = = 0.051
bw * d * Fcd 1.10 * 0.482 *16.67
[ ] [ ]
u = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * cu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.051) = 0.066
z c = d * (1 0.4 * u ) = 0.482 * (1 0.40 * 0.066) = 0.469m
M Ed 0.218
A= = = 13.38cm
z c * f yd 0.469 * 347.83
696
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
697
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.86 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam without compressed
reinforcement Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 8)
5.86.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The purpose of the test is to verify the results using a constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-
strain diagram.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
- The minimum reinforcement percentage
5.86.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for using a constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the
inclined stress-strain diagram.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q
Reinforcement steel: Class A
The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to doth Class A reinforcement steel ductility
The minimum reinforcement percentage
698
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.65 m,
Width: b = 0.28 m,
Length: L = 6.40 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.182 m ,
Concrete cover: c=4.50 cm
Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m; d=ebz=0.045m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C30/37 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD3
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
f ck 30
Concrete C25/30: f cd = = = 20 MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
699
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 6.40) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25)+1.5*30=78.75kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+30=55kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=25+0.6*30=43kNm
Load calculations:
78.75 * 6.40
M Ed = = 403.20kNm
8
55 * 6.40
M Ecq = = 281.60kNm
8
43 * 6.40
M Eqp = = 220.16kNm
8
5.86.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient
To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at
28 days and 50% humidity:
(, t0 ) = RH * ( f cm ) * (t0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4
at t0=28 days
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5
700
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
RH
1
= 1 + 100 * 1 * 2
RH
0. 1 * 3 h
0
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a
1 = 2 = 1 if fCM = 35MPa
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not: 1 =
and 2 =
fcm fcm
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c
0.7 0.7
35 35
1 =
= = 0.944
fcm 38
0.2 0.2
35 35
2 =
= = 0.984
fcm 38
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 280 * 650 100 * 0.984 = 1.78
h0 = = = 195.7mm RH = 1+
u 2 * ( 280 + 650) 0.1 * 3 195.7
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.6
Es 200000
e = = = 17.40
E cm 32837
MEqp 220.16
1 + (, t 0 ) * 1 + 2.37 *
MEcar 281.60
5.86.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XD3, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the
reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book Practice of EC2:
This value can be determined by the next formula if f ck < 50 MPa and valid for a constitutive law considering
inclined stress-strain diagram:
f ck
luc = K ( e ) *
(4.62 1.66 * ) * f ck + (165.69 79.62 * )
(
K ( e ) = 104 * a + b * e + c * e
2
)
The values of the coefficients "a", "b" and "c" are defined in the following table:
Diagram for inclined stress-strain diagram Diagram for bilinear stress-strain diagram
701
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
c = 0,04 * 30 13 = 11.8
437.76
= = 1,425
307.2
f ck
luc = K ( e ). = 0.272
( 4.62 1.66 * ) * f ck + (165.69 79.62 * )
Calculation of reduced moment:
M Ed 0.403 *10 3 Nm
cu = = = 0,225
bw * d * f cd 0,50m * 0.566 m 2 * 20MPa
cu = 0.225 < luc = 0.272 therefore, there is no compressed reinforcement
1u 1 0,323
su = * cu 2 = * 3.5 = 7.35
u 0,323
Tensioned reinforcement efforts:
702
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w
Therefore:
2.90
0.26 * * 0.28 * 0.566 = 2.39 * 10 4 m
As ,min = max 500 = 2.39cm
0.0013 * 0.28 * 0.566 = 2.06 * 10 4 m
703
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
704
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.87 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal
force of traction - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 46 I)
5.87.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section beam made of concrete C20/25 subjected to a normal force of traction - Inclined
stress-strain diagram (Class X0).
Determines the necessary reinforcement of a reinforced concrete tie, subjected to a normal force of traction.
Ultimate limit state load combinations are used.
The tie member is fixed at one end, and blocked in translation along Z axis at the other end.
5.87.2 Background
Tie sizing
Bilinear stress-strain diagram / Inclined stress-strain diagram
Verifies the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, C20/25, subjected to a normal force of traction.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.15 m,
Width: b = 0.15 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.0225 m ,
Concrete cover: c=3cm
705
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked
Inner: None.
N Ed 0.400
As ,U = = 11,50 * 10 4 m = 11,50cm
s ,U 400
1.15
2
It will be used a 4HA20=A=12.57cm
N Ed 0.400
As ,U = = 10,72 * 10 4 m = 10,70cm
s ,U 373
It can be seen that the gain is not negligible (about 7%).
f ctm
As Ac *
f yk
706
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
In case of using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=10.70cm2=2*5.35 cm2)
707
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.88.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The longitudinal reinforcement
- The verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage
5.88.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The longitudinal reinforcement
The verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage
708
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 1.25 m,
Width: b = 0.65 m,
Length: L = 14 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.8125 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 4.50 cm
Effective height: d = h-(0.6*h+ebz) = 1.130 m; d = ebz = 0.045m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XD1
Concrete density: 25kN/m3
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
fck 25
Concrete C25/30: fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 500
Steel S500 : f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2
0.3 0.3
f +8 25 + 8
E cm = 22000 * ck = 22000 * = 31476MPa
10 10
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 14) restrained in translation along Z.
Inner: None.
709
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
3
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*70+1.5*80=214.5*10 N/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=70+80=150*103 N/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=70+0.3*80=94*103 N/ml
Load calculations:
214.5 * 14
MEd = = 5.255 * 10 6 Nm
8
150 * 14
MEcq = 150 = 3.675 * 10 6 Nm
8
94 * 14
MEqp = = 2.303 * 10 6 Nm
8
(, t 0 ) = RH * ( fcm ) * ( t 0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2
16.8 16.8
( fcm ) = = = 2.925
fcm 25 + 8
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.4
1 1
( t 0 ) = = = 0.488 at t0=28 days
0.1 + t 00.20 0.1 + 28 0.20
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.5
The value of the RH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:
RH
1
= 1 + 100 * *
RH 1
0. 1 * 3 h 2
0
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a
1 = 2 = 1 if fcm 35MPa
0.7 0.2
35 35
If not: 1 =
and 2 =
fcm fcm
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c
710
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Es
e =
E cm
MEqp
1 + (, t 0 ) *
MEcar
Defined earlier:
5.88.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
For the calculation of steel ULS, we consider the moment reduced limit of lu = 0.372 for a steel grade 500Mpa.
Therefore, make sure to enable the option "limit (0.372 / S 500) " in Advance Design.
M Ed 5255.25 * 103 Nm
cu = = = 0,383
bw * d * f cd 0,65m * 1.125 m 2 * 16,67 MPa
cu = 0.383 < lu = 0.372 therefore the compressed reinforced must be resized and then the concrete section
must be adjusted.
The calculation of tensioned steel section must be conducted with the corresponding moment of :
[ ] [ ]
The value: lu = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * lu ) = 1.25 * 1 (1 2 * 0.372) = 0.618
Calculation of the lever arm zc: z lu = d * (1 0.4 * lu ) = 1.130 * (1 0.4 * 0.618) = 0.851m
Calculation of the reinforcement area:
M Ed 1 5.10 * 106 Nm
A1 = = = 137.35cm
zlu . f yd 0.851m * 434.78MPa
711
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
3,5 3.5
sc = ( lu * d d ' ) = (0.618 *1.130 0.045) = 0.00327
1000 * lu * d 1000 * 0.618 * 1.130
sc = 0.00327 > yd = 0.00217 sc = f yd = 434.78MPa
Compressed reinforcement calculation:
M Ed M Ed 1 5.255 5.15
As 2 = = = 2.32cm
(d d ' ) sc (1.130 0.045) 434.78
The steel reinforcement condition:
sc
A2 = As 2 . = 2.32cm
f yd
e * c 15.82 * 15
x1 = .d = 1.125 = 0.419m
e * c + s 15.82 * 15 + 400
1 1
Fc = * b w * x1 * c = * 0.65 * 0.419 15 = 2.04 * 10 6 N
2 2
x1 0.419
zc = d = 1.125 = 0.985m
3 3
712
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M 1 = M rb = 2.01 * 106 Nm
x1 0.419
1 = = = 0.372
d 1.125
x1 0.419
zc = d = 1.125 = 0.985m
3 3
M1 2.01
A1 = = = 51.01cm
zc s 0.985 400
1 * d d '
sc = e * c *
1 * d
0.372 * 1.125 0.045
sc = 15.82 *15 * = 211.78MPa
0.372 * 1.125
Compressed reinforcement area:
M2 1.645
A' = = = 71.92cm
(d d ' ) * sc (1.125 0.045) * 211.78
Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:
sc 211.78
As = A' * = 71.92 * = 38.08cm
s 400
Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 51.01+38.08=89.09 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 71.92 cm2
Considering an envelope calculation of ULS and SLS, it will be obtained:
Tensioned reinforcement ULS: A=141.42cm2
Compressed reinforcement SLS: A=71.92cm2
To optimize the reinforcement area, it is preferable a third iteration by recalculating with SLS as a baseline amount of
2
tensioned reinforcement (after ULS: Au=141.44cm )
713
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
AELS 89.18
s = s = 400 = 252 MPa
AELU 141.42
This is a SLS calculation, considering this limitation:
Calculating the moment resistance MRb for detecting the presence of compressed steel reinforcement:
e * c 15.82 * 15
x1 = *d = * 1.130 = 0.55m
e * c + s 15.82 * 15 + 252
1 1
Fc = * bw * x1 * c = * 0.65 * 0.55 *15 = 2.67 *106 N
2 2
x1 0.55
zc = d = 1.125 = 0.94m
3 3
1 x 1 0.55
M rb = Fc * zc = * bw * x1 * c * d 1 = * 0.65 * 0.55 * 15 * 1.125 6
= 2.52 * 10 Nm
2 3 2 3
According to the calculation above Mser,cq is grater then Mrb the compressed steel reinforcement is set.
M 1 = M rb = 2.52 * 106 Nm
x1 0.55
1 = = = 0.488
d 1.125
x1 0.548
zc = d = 1.125 = 0.94m
3 3
M1 2.52
A1 = = = 106.38cm
zc s 0.94 252
1 *d d '
sc = e * c *
1 *d
0.485 * 1.125 0.045
sc = 15.82 *15 * = 217.73MPa
0.485 * 1.125
714
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
M2 1.155
A' = = = 49.12cm
(d d ' ) * sc (1.125 0.045) * 217.73
Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:
sc 217.73
As = A' * = 49.12 * = 42.44cm
s 252
Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 106.38+42.44=148.82 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 49.12 cm2
f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w
2.56
0.26 * * 0.65 * 1.125 = 9.73 * 10 4 m
As , min = max 500 = 9.73cm
0.0013 * 0.65 * 1.125 = 9.51 * 10 4 m
715
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
716
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
717
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.89 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot A
efforts Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4 I)
5.89.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, the constitutive law for
reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
- The minimum reinforcement percentage
5.89.2 Background
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.
This test performs the verification of the value (hence the position of the neutral axis) to determine the Pivot efforts
(A or B) to be considered for the calculations.
The distinction between the Pivot A and Pivot B efforts is from the following diagram:
xu cu 2 cu 2
= = x u = .d = .d
d ud + cu 2 ud + cu 2
The limit for depends of the ductility class:
718
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
There will be considered a Class A reinforcement steel
The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram
The objective is to verify:
The stresses results
The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
The minimum reinforcement percentage
719
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.90 m,
Width: b = 0.50 m,
Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.45 m ,
Concrete cover: c = 4.00 cm
Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.806 m; d = ebz = 0.040 m
Materials properties
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
Exposure class XC1
3
Concrete density: 25kN/m
There will be considered a Class A reinforcement steel ductility
The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram
Cracking calculation required
fck 25
Concrete C25/30: fcd = = = 16,67MPa
c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
fctm = 0.30 * fck = 0.30 * 25 2 / 3 = 2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 500
Steel S500 : f yd = = = 434,78MPa
s 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (x = 5.8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
Inner: None.
720
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
Dead load:
G=0.9*0.5*2.5=11.25 kN/ml
Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25+11.25)+1.5*50=123.94 kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+11.25+50=86.25kN/ml
Load calculations:
123.94 * 5.80
M Ed = = 521.16kNm
8
86.25 * 5.80
M Ecq = = 362.68kNm
8
5.89.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
For a S500B reinforcement steel, we have lu = 0.372 (since we consider no limit on the compression concrete to
SLS).
M Ed 0.52116 * 103 Nm
cu = = = 0,096
bw * d * f cd 0,50m * 0.806 m 2 * 16,67 MPa
The value:
The condition: cu < u = 0.1346 is satisfied, therefore the Pivot A effort conditions are true
There will be a design in simple bending, by considering an extension on the reinforced steel tension equal to
ud = 22.50 , which gives the following available stress:
721
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
cu 0.127
cu = su * = 22.50 * = 3.27
1 cu 1 0.127
f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min = Max f yk
0.0013 * b * d
w
2.56
0.26 * * 0.50 * 0.806 = 5.38 * 10 4 m
As , min = max 500 = 5.38cm
0.0013 * 0.50 * 0.806 = 5.24 * 10 4 m
722
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
723
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.90.1 Description
The purpose on this test is to calculate longitudinal and transversal reinforcement on intermediate support on a 2
spans beam.
5.90.2 Background
Verifies the reinforcement values on intermediate support for a continuous beam.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.70 m,
Width: b = 0.25 m,
Length: L = 12.00 m,
Concrete cover: cnom=3 cm
Reinforcement S500, Class: B, ss=500 MPa Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Fck=25 MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0 m) hinged connection,
Support at end point (x=12 m) hinged connection,
Inner: Hinged support at x = 6 m.
724
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
725
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.91 EC3 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Verification of stresses in steel and concrete on
simply supported beam
5.91.1 Description
The objective of this test is to verify design conditions of stress limitation in reinforcement concrete beam.
5.91.2 Background
Verification of stresses in compressed concrete and steel reinforcement.
Verifies values of stresses in compressed concrete for quasi-permanent combination and steel reinforcement for
characteristic combination on simple supported beam made of concrete C20/25 with defined reinforcement 516mm
of steel B500B. The beam is in environment exposure class XC1.
Bilinear stress-strain diagram for reinforcement.
726
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 450 mm,
Width: b = 250 mm,
Length: L = 6000 mm,
3 2
Section area: AC = 112.5*10 mm ,
Considered reinforcement: 5*16mm; As = 1006*10-6,
Reinforcement center of gravity position: d = 38 mm,
Effective height: d = 412 mm
Materials properties
Concrete: C20/25
3
Weight: 2500 kg/m ,
fck = 20 MPa,
fctm = 2,2 MPa,
fcm = 28 MPa,
= 30.0
Reinforcement: B500B
fyk = 500 MPa
Es = 200 GPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (Z=0), hinged connection,
Support at end point (Z = 6.0) hinged connection restrained to rotate around Z
Inner: none
Design loads
In the calculation following design load are considered:
1 1
= 2 = 11.0 62 = 0.0495
8 8
1 1
= 2 = 26.4 62 = 0.1188
8 8
727
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2 2 0.45 0.25
0 = = = 0.1607 = 160.7
2 (0.45 + 0.25)
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.6)
= 28 < 35.0
1 /100 1 0.5
= 1 + 3
=1+ 3 = 1.92
0.1 0 0.1 160.7
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.3a)
(, 0 ) = ( ) (0 ) = 1.92 3.18 0.488 = 2.98
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.2)
30
, = = = 7.54
1 + (, 0 ) 1 + 2.98
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.4.3(3), Formula (7.20)
200
= = = 26.53
, 7.54
+ 2 2 + 2
=
26.53 1005 106 + 26.532 (1005 106 )2 + 2 0.25 26.53 0.412 1005 106
= = 0.2084
0.25
1 1
= 3 + ( )2 = 0.25 0.20843 + 1005 106 26.57 (0.412 0.2084)2 = 0.00186 4
3 3
728
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
FEM Results
Bending moment for Serviceability Limit State - Quasi-permanent combination (reference value 49.5 kNm)
Bending moment for Serviceability Limit State - Characteristic combination (reference value 118.8 kNm)
Stress in compressed concrete for Quasi-permanent combination (reference value 5.54 MPa)
729
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Stress in reinforcement steel for Characteristic combination (reference value 344.62 MPa)
730
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.92.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to find the minimal and longitudinal reinfocement values on a tie element.
5.92.2 Background
Reinforcement area on tie element
Verifies the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, C20/25, subjected to a normal force of traction.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Length: L = 2.00 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.04 m ,
Concrete cover: cnom=3 cm
Reinforcement S500, Class: A, ss=500 MPa Inclinated stress-strain diagram
Fck=25 MPa
The load combinations will produce the following efforts:
731
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
NEd=1.35*100+1.5*40=195 kN
Nser=1*100+1*40=140 kN
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,
Inner: None.
N Ed 0.195
As ,U = = 4.30 *10 4 m = 4.3cm
s ,U 454
f ctm
As Ac *
f yk
732
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=2.146 cm2=2*1.073 cm2)
733
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
734
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.93 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical
transversal reinforcement
5.93.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement. For the calculation, the reduced shear force
values will be used
5.93.2 Background
Stirrup slope:
Strut slope:
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
The design value is given by the formula 4.1.1 according NTC2008 Chapter 4, where the safety factor is 1.5, and the
coefficient "alpha" represents the reduction factor for the long duration resistance; its value is 0.85.
735
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The steel reinforcement is B450C according NTC 2008 Chapter 11.3.2.1, with these properties:
fwyk the charateristic yelding strenght and s = 1,15 according to formula 4.1.4 from NTC 2008 Chapter 4.1.2.1.1.2
Boundary conditions
Hinged at the extremity (x = 0.00 m)
Restrained in translation on y and z axes and restrained in rotation on x axis in the end (x = 5.75 m).
Loading
The maximum shear resistance is given by the formula 4.1.19 from NTC 2008 Chapter 4.
736
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Where:
d is the effective height of the section
bw is the minimum width of the section
fcd rapresents the reduced design compressive strenght (fcd = 0.5 x fcd)
The maximum shear resistance will be
VRd = 0.9 x 0.623 x 0.35 x 1 x (0.5 x 14.17) x (ctg90 + ctg45) / (1 + ctg245) = 695.19 kN
VEd = 257.31 kN < VRd = 695.19 kN
Calculation of the reduced shear force and transversal reinforcement
When the shear force curve has no discontinuities, the EC2 allows to consider, as a reduction, the shear force to a
horizontal axis where z is considered 0.9 x d = 0.560.
In the case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:
Therefore:
737
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.94 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed
load
5.94.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage
5.94.2 Background
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
Concrete class C25/30 is used. Design compressive strength value is given by the formula 4.1.1 according
NTC2008 Chapter 4 where the safety factor is 1.5, and the coefficient "alpha" represents the reduction factor for the
long duration resistance, its value is 0.85.
738
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
The steel reinforcement is B450C according NTC 2008 Chapter 11.3.2.1 with these properties:
fyk the characteristic yielding strength and s = 1,15 according formula 4.1.4 NTC 2008 Chapter 4.1.2.1.1.2
Boundary conditions
Hinged at end (x = 0.00 m)
Restrained in translation on y and z axes and restrained in rotation on x axis (x = 5.80 m).
Loading
The beam is stressed by the following loading condition:
3
Dead load G1k = 0.9 m x 0.5 m x 25 kN/m = -11.25 kN/m
Permanent load G2k = 25.00 kN/m
Live load Q3k = 13.20 kN/m
For ULS combination we have the following load combination according NTC 2008 Chapter 2.5.3:
Fd SLU = 1.3 x 11.25 kN/m + 1.5 x 25 kN/m + 1.5 x 50 kN/m = 127.12 kN/m
For SLS charateristic combination we have the following load combination according NTC 2008 Chapter 2.5.3:
739
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
We assumed the limit reduced moment ( ) as 0.327 in the limit between the field 3 and field 4 with = 0.625
Where:
Effective height: d = h - (0.06* h + ebz) = 0.810 m
Reduced moment
In our case = 0.115 < 0.327, so we don't have to put compressed reinforcement, knowing the reduced moment
we can find the parameter which defines the mechanical tensioned reinforcement ratio following the table:
740
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2
= 1885 mm x 391.30 / 500 x 810 x 14.17 = 0.128
The reinforcement ratio value is 0.128 = 0.118 (found by interpolation on the table above) so the
resistance moment will be:
= 0.118 x 0.50 x 0.8102 x 14.17 = 548.51 kNm > MEd = 534.53 kNm
The minimum reinforcement area is defined by the formula (4.1.43) from NTC 2008:
Where:
741
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
5.95 EC2 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Stresses and cracks verification for simple
supported beam
5.95.1 Description
Verifies the reinforced concrete rectangular cross-section to resist defined loads on simple bending. During this test
are verified stresses in concrete section and steel reinforcement, the maximal spacing of cracks, difference between
mean strain in concrete and steel and crack width.
5.95.2 Background
Verifies stresses and crack width on simple supported beam made of concrete C20/25, considering real longitudinal
reinforcement 5 16 mm. Profiles length is 6m, cross section dimensions are 0.25 x 0.45 m. Self weight is not taken
into account.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described beams cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.45 m
Width: b = 0.25 m
Section area: Ac = 0.1125 m2
Length: l = 6.0 m
-6 2
Reinforcement 5 16 mm, As = 1005*10 m
Concrete cover: c = 0.03 m
Effective height: d = 0.038 m
742
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Materials properties
Concrete C20/25 and reinforcement steel B500A are used. Following characteristics are used in relation to these
material(s):
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 20 MPa
Mean axial tensile strength: fctm = 2.2 MPa
Mean secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm = 30000 MPa
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 500 MPa
Youngs modulus of reinforcement: Es = 200000 MPa
Exposure class: XD1
Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Concrete age: t0 = 28 days
Relative humidity: RH = 50 %
Boundary conditions
Boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Hinge at start point (X = 0); restrained translation along X, Y and Z axis
Hinge at end point (X = 6.0 m); restrained in translation along Y and Z, in rotation around X axis
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations and actions:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
CSTR = 1.35 * g + 1.5 * q = 1.35 * 7.0 kN/m + 1.5 * 12.0 kN/m = 27.45 kN/m
1 1
MSTR = C * l 2 = 27.45 * 6 2 = 123.53 kNm
8 STR 8
The serviceability limit state (SLS) quasi-permanent combination is:
CQP = 1 * g + 2 * q = 1 * 7.0 kN/m + 0.8 * 12.0kN/m = 10.0 kN/m
1 1
MQP = C * l 2 = 10.0 * 6 2 = 74.70 kNm
8 QP 8
The serviceability limit state (SLS) characteristic combination is:
CCQ = 1 * g + 0 * q = 1 * 7.0 kN/m + 1 * 12.0kN/m = 19.0 kN/m
1 1
MCQ = C CQ * l 2 = 19.0 * 6 2 = 85.50 kNm
8 8
743
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
2 * A c 2 * 0.25 * 0.45
h0 = = = 160.71 mm
u 2(0.25 + 0.45 )
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.6)
( , t 0 ) = RH * ( fcm ) * ( t 0 ) = 1.92 * 3.17 * 0.488 = 2.97
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.2)
Es 200000
e = = = 26.47
E cm 30000
1+ ( , t 0 ) 1+ 2.97
Ii = Ic + A c (a gi - a c ) 2 + e * A s (d - a gi ) 2
1
Ii = 0.25 * 0.45 3 + 0.1125 (0.231 - 0.225) 2 + 26.47 * 1005 * 10 - 6 (0.412 - 0.231) 2 = 0.0067 m 4
12
MQP 0.0704
c = = = 8.37 MPa < 0.45 * fck = 0.45 * 20 = 9.0 MPa
Iu 0.001857
744
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Es 200
e = = = 6.67
E cm 30
fct,eff 2.2
s - kt (1+ e * p,eff ) 217.22 - 0.4 (1+ 6.67 * 0.0498)
p,eff 0.0498
sm - cm = = = 9.68 * 10 -4
Es 200 * 10 3
According to CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.3.1(5), Table 7.1N, for exposure class XD1 the value of crack width
must be smaller than 0.3 mm.
745
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
Compressing stress in reinforcement for characteristic combination (reference value: scq =248.62 MPa)
Compressing stress in reinforcement for quasi-permanent combination (reference value: sqp =217.22 MPa)
746
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
-4
Average strain in steel and concrete (reference value: sm cm = 9.68 * 10 )
747
6 General applications
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
6.1 Verifying element creation using commas for coordinates (TTAD #11141)
6.1.1 Description
Verifies element creation using commas for coordinates in the command line.
6.2 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for concrete linear elements (TTAD #12498)
6.2.1 Description
Defines the "Design experts" properties for a concrete (EC2) linear element in analysis model and verifies properties
from descriptive model.
6.3 Verifying the precision of linear and planar concrete covers (TTAD #12525)
6.3.1 Description
Verifies the linear and planar concrete covers precision.
6.4.1 Description
Verifies the definition of the reinforced concrete design assumptions.
6.5 Verifying 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled (TTAD #12238)
6.5.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled.
6.6 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5)
6.6.1 Description
Creates system trees using the copy/paste commands in the Pilot. The source system consists of several
subsystems. The target system is in the source system.
750
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
6.7 Generating liquid pressure on horizontal and vertical surfaces (TTAD #10724)
6.7.1 Description
Generates liquid pressure on a concrete structure with horizontal and vertical surfaces. Generates the loadings
description report.
6.8.1 Description
Selects a different default material for concrete elements.
6.9 Creating and updating model views and post-processing views (TTAD #11552)
6.9.1 Description
Creates and updates the model view and the post-processing views for a simple steel frame.
6.10 Importing a cross section from the Advance Steel profiles library (TTAD #11487)
6.10.1 Description
Imports the Canam Z 203x10.0 section from the Advance Steel Profiles library in the Advance Design list of available
cross sections.
6.11.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation on a structure with four types of connections.
Generates the "Synthetic table by type of connection" report.
The structure consists of linear steel elements (S275) with CE505, IPE450, IPE140 and IPE500 cross section. The
model connections: columns base plates, beam - column fixed connections, beam - beam fixed connections and
gusset plate. Live loads, snow loads and wind loads are applied.
751
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
6.12.1 Description
Generates the "Description of climatic loads" report for a model consisting of a concrete structure with dead loads,
wind loads, snow loads and seism loads. Performs the model verification, meshing and finite elements calculation.
Generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.
6.13 Verifying the appearance of the local x orientation legend (TTAD #11737)
6.13.1 Description
Verifies the color legend display. On a model with a planar element, the color legend is enabled; it displays the
elements by the local x orientation color.
6.14 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5)
6.14.1 Description
Creates system trees using the copy/paste commands in the Pilot. The source system consists of several
subsystems. The target system is on the same level as the source system.
6.15.1 Description
Verifies the renaming function from the properties list of a linear element. The name contains the "_" character.
6.16 Launching the verification of a model containing steel connections (TTAD #12100)
6.16.1 Description
Launches the verification function for a model containing a beam-column steel connection.
752
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
6.17 Creating a new Advance Design file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar
(TTAD #12102)
6.17.1 Description
Creates a new .fto file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar. Creates a rigid punctual support and
tests the CAD coordinates.
6.18 Verifying geometry properties of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11601)
6.18.1 Description
Verifies the geometry properties of a steel structure with elements which have compound cross sections (CS4
IPE330 UPN240). Generates the geometrical data report.
6.19.1 Description
Verifies the material properties on a model with a concrete (C25/30) bar. Generates the material description report.
6.20 Verifying the overlapping when a planar element is built in a hole (TTAD #13772)
6.20.1 Description
Verifies that when a planar element is built in a hole of another planar element by checking the mesh.
753
7 Import / Export
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
7.1 Verifying the export of a linear element to GTC (TTAD #10932, TTAD #11952)
7.1.1 Description
Exports a linear element to GTC.
7.2.1 Description
Launches the "Export > Text file" command and saves the current project as a .do4 archive file.
The model contains all types of structural elements, loads and geometric objects.
7.3 Importing GTC files containing elements with haunches from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12172)
7.3.1 Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS. The file contains steel linear elements with haunch sections.
7.4.1 Description
Exports the analysis model to ADA (through GTC) with:
- Export results: disabled
- Export meshed model: enabled
7.5.1 Description
Exports the analysis model to ADA (through GTC) with:
- Export results: enabled
- Export meshed model: disabled
756
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
7.6 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS
(TTAD #12197)
7.6.1 Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS. The file contains elements with circular hollow section. Verifies if the cross
sections are imported from the attached "UK Steel Sections" database.
7.7 System stability when importing AE files with invalid geometry (TTAD #12232)
7.7.1 Description
Imports a complex model containing elements with invalid geometry.
7.8 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS
(TTAD #12197)
7.8.1 Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS when the "UK Steel Sections" database is not attached. The file contains
elements with circular hollow section. Verifies the cross sections definition.
7.9 Verifying the GTC files exchange between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS (DEV2012 #1.9)
7.9.1 Description
Verifies the GTC files exchange (import/export) between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS.
7.10.1 Description
Exports to IFC format a model containing linear elements having sections of type "I symmetric" and "I asymmetric".
757
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
7.11 Verifying the load case properties from models imported as GTC files (TTAD #12306)
7.11.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with dead load cases and exports the model to GTC. Imports the
GTC file to verify the load case properties.
7.12.1 Description
Imports an IFC file containing a continuous foundation (linear support) and verifies the element display.
7.13 Verifying the releases option of the planar elements edges after the model was exported and
imported via GTC format (TTAD #12137)
7.13.1 Description
Exports to GTC a model with planar elements on which the edges releases were defined. Imports the GTC file to
verify the planar elements releases option.
7.14.1 Description
Imports a GTC file exported from Advance Design. The file contains the automatically created system "PH.RDC".
7.15.1 Description
Exports a meshed model to GTC. The meshed planar element from the model contains a triangular mesh.
758
8 Joint design
ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE
8.1.1 Description
Deletes a welded tube connection - 1 gusset bar after the joint was exported to ADSC.
8.2.1 Description
Verifies the connections groups function.
760
031617-0409-0907